Topic Twelve Popular Science and Modern Technology
科普知识与现代技术
话说中考
此类话题涉及科普知识和最尖端的现代化技术，是中考中难度最大的一部分，专业术语较多，词汇量大，多以说明文呈现在试卷中。这就要求学生在平时多了解科普知识，关注尖端技术，热爱现代化，培养爱国主义精神。
解题思路：整体把握文章大意，关注出题趋势，熟悉解题方法。
走进中考(兰州·2010)
There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live．The first great invention was the one that is still very important today — the wheel．This made it easier to carry heavy things and to travel long distance．
For hundreds of years after that there were few inventions that as much effect as the wheel．Then in the early 1800s the world started to change．There was little unknown land left in the world．People didn't have to explore much any more．They began to work instead to make life better．
In the second half of the 19th century many great inventions were made．Among them were the camera，the light and the radio．These all play a big part in our daily life today．
The first part of the 20th century saw more great inventions．The helicopter in 1909，movies with sound in 1926，the computer in 1928，jet planes in 1930．This was also a time when a new material was first made．Nylon came out in 1935．It changed the kind of clothes people wore．
The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases．They worked very well．They made people healthier and allowed them to live longer．By the 1960s most people could expect to live to be at least 60．
By this time most people in developed countries had a very good life．Of course new inventions continued to be made．But man now had a desire(渴望) to explore again．The earth was known to man but the stars were not．Man began looking for ways to go into space．Russia made the first step．Then United States took a step．Since then other countries，including China and Japan，have made their own steps into space．
In 1969 man took his biggest step away from the earth．Americans first walked on the moon．This is certainly just a beginning，though．New inventions will some day allow us to do things we have never yet dreamed of．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．This passage talks mainly about _______．
A．why cars were very important
B．when light was invented
C．how inventions affect people's daily life
D．which country made the first step into space
( ) 2．According to the passage man didn't have a desire to explore a lot _______．
A．at the beginning of 1800s
B．in the 1960s
C．since the 1900s
D．from the 1800s to 1960s
( ) 3．In the 1800s，people began to work in order to make _______．
A．explorations
B．their life better
C．discoveries
D．a trip to space
( ) 4．Nylon came out of five years later than _______．
A．radio
B．camera
C．jet planes
D．movies
( ) 5．People can live longer lives because _______ that help cure diseases have worked very well．
A．doctors
B．new ways
C．medicines
D．new hospitals
解析
1．C 根据整篇文章的内容和“There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live．”可知文章主要讲述发明是怎样影响人们日常生活的，故正确答案为 C。
2．A 根据“Then in the early 1800s... explore much any more．”可以判断出正确答案为 A。
3．B 根据第“They began to work instead to make life better．”可知正确答案为 B。
4．C 根据“...jet planes in 1930．This was also a time... Nylon came out in 1935．”可知尼龙的发明要比喷气式飞机晚 5 年，故正确答案为 C。
5．B 根据“The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases．”可知正确答案为 B。
话题专练
一
Robots are coming into people's lives these days．Robots help people a lot．Japanese housekeeping robots can move chairs，sweep the floor，take away dirty dishes and put dirty clothes in washing machines．Intel，the famous computer maker，has developed a self-controlled robot called Herb．Herb can do simple things that people tell it to do，such as cleaning up waste．
Recently a large robot named "Probo" has been helping children to feel less worried in hospital．Probo has a touch screen on its stomach．The screen teaches children how to use Probo．The green robot's face can make expressions to show how medical operations will make the child feel．"The main aim of this project is to make emotional communication(情感交流) with children，" said Jelle Saldien，one of the researchers．
Probo was invented by Ivan Hermans，president of the Anty Foundation．He had the idea after seeing the film I，Robot．Probo's green head and short nose are fully automated(使自动化)．Its touch screen can show different emotions，such as pleasure and sadness，and can also "see" the expressions on human faces and make eye contact．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Herb that the famous computer maker developed is _______．
A．a man-controlled robot
B．a self-controlled robot
C．a Japanese baby
D．a very large robot
( ) 2．Probe was invented in order to _______．
A．look after children in hospital
B．teach children how to use it
C．show expressions to children
D．make emotional communication with children
( ) 3．_______ made Ivan Hermans have the idea about inventing "Probo"．
A．Herb
B．Children in hospital
C．Film I，Robot
D．I don't know
( ) 4．The author implies(暗示) that _______．
A．the Japanese robot can help children to do their homework
B．Herb can help people to do housework
C．robots will take the place of people in the future
D．Ivan is an inventor and the president of his country
( ) 5．It can be learned from the passage that _______．
A．people are not allowed to touch Probe's stomach
B．Probe has two kinds of feeling：happiness and sadness
C．when a boy is happy，Probe can know how he feels
D．Probo is one of the robots in the film I，Robot
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段中“has developed a self-controlled robot called Herb．”可知，Herb 是一种自控机器人。
2．D 根据短文第二段最后一句 make emotional communication with children 可知，创造“抱抱”机器人的主要目的是同孩子进行情感交流。
3．C 根据短文最后一段内容可知，Ivan Hermans 是在看了 I，Robot 这部影片后，得到的创造“抱抱”机器人的灵感。
4．B 从整篇文章来看“机器人可以为人们做家务”，所以确定选 B。
5．C 根据短文可知，机器人 Probo 可以触摸；“抱抱”机器人不仅只有两种表情：它不同于 I，Robot 影片中的机器人。根据短文可知，“抱抱”机器人可以根据人的面部表情判断人的喜怒哀乐，故选 C。
二
Kobian，a Japanese robot，which can express seven human emotions，has been made by researchers at a university of Japan．
The robot can express seven different feelings，including happiness，surprise，sadness and dislike．In order to use different poses to match the mood，Kobian uses motors in its face to move its lips，eyelids and eyebrows into different positions．
To express happiness，for example，the robot puts its hands over its head and opens its mouth and eyes wide．
To show sadness，Kobian hangs its head and holds a hand up to its face in a gesture of sadness．
Kobian can also walk around，check its environment and do some work．It is hoped it will be a good helper for humans．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Kobian can express _______ human emotions．
A．5 B．6 C．7 D．8
( ) 2．Kobian can use _______ to match the mood．
A．face
B．eyelids and eyebrows
C．lips
D．motors in different positions
( ) 3．How does Kobian express sadness
A．It can put its hands over its head and cry．
B．It can hang its head and hold a hand up to its face in a gesture of sadness．
C．It can fall down its tears．
D．It can open its mouth and eyes wide．
( ) 4．The last paragraph mainly tells us _______．
A．Kobian can walk around
B．Kobian can check its environment
C．Kobian can do some work
D．Kobian will be a good helper for humans．
( ) 5．Which of the following is NOT right
A．Kobian is made in Japan．
B．Kobian does some housework for human beings．
C．Kobian can use expressions to its heart．
D．Kobian can express seven human emotions，but it won't take the place of human beings．
答案：
1．C 短文中一、二两段都提到了这一点，可以表达七种人类情感。
2．D 根据短文第二段最后一句内容可以确定本题答案。
3．B 根据短文第四段的内容可以确定答案。
4．D 根据最后一段内容可以看出，机器人能帮人类做很多事情，希望将来成为人类的好帮手。
5．C 通读全文可以看出，机器人虽然能在很多方面代替人类工作，但是它没有思想，只是人类的工具。
三
Have you ever wished to have an umbrella that makes your hands free Alan Kaufman has come up with the "Nubrella"．which means "new"+"umbrella"．It is the first truly hands-free umbrella in the world．The inventor says that it stops rain，wind and snow and can keep your head，face and hair dry．
"I never planned to invent a product．I just noticed a problem and came up with a solution，" said the inventor．The idea for the invention began on one rainy day．Mr．Kaufman was standing in one of his stores．He began to look at people's umbrellas．He found that they had to try very hard to keep their umbrellas in the right place．At that moment an idea came into his mind．He ran to his desk and drew a picture．In this way，the Nubrella was born．
One cool feature of the Nubrella is that you don't hold it like a normal umbrella；you wear it．The shoulder straps(肩带) of the Nubrella allow people to be fully hands-free，so when walking in the rain with the Nubrella，you are able to use your cell phone or drink a hot cup of coffee．Also，the Nubrella will never be inverted(颠倒) in the wind．The new umbrella is far safer than traditional ones，because it has no sharp points．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．"Nubrella" is a kind of _______ umbrella．
A．normal
B．hands-free
C．traditional
D．paper
( ) 2．How can you use the "Nubrella"
A．You can wear the shoulder straps of the Nubrella．
B．You can put the Nubrella on your head．
C．You can use your hands to control it．
D．You can put it on your bike．
( ) 3．Which of the following is NOT right
A．"Nubrella" means "new"+"umbrella"．
B．The idea of the new umbrella came from the rainy day．
C．When you are walking in the rain，you'd better take the Nubrella．
D．If you go out with the Nubrella in the rain，you'd drink a hot cup of coffee．
( ) 4．It can be learned from the passage that _______．
A．Alan Kaufman often uses umbrellas in everyday life
B．the new kind of umbrella was invented by an umbrella store owner
C．the inventor thought for a long time before inventing the Nubrella
D．you can do other things with your hands when using the Nubrella
( ) 5．In writing this passage，the author mainly intends(意图) to _______．
A．introduce this new kind of umbrella to people who are selling umbrellas
B．tell the readers about a great inventor named Alan Kaufman
C．tell the readers about a new invention that is very useful
D．tell the readers that the inventor didn't want to invent anything
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段中“It is the first truly hands-free umbrella in the world．”可知，这种伞是—种可以不用手打的伞。
2．A 根据短文最后一段内容可知，这种伞带有肩带，用时可以戴在肩膀上，不需要用手。
3．D 根据短文最后一段内容可知，使用这种伞时，手可以同时做其他事情，不一定都要喝热咖啡。
4．D 通读全文，可以从中了解到“使用这种伞时，手可以同时做其他事情”，所以很容易确定答案。
5．C 作者写这篇文章的意图是向人们介绍这种新伞的好处。
四
News One
Recently a cloned dog named Ruppy became the world's first transgenic(转基因的) dog．She and four other dogs all gave off red light under certain conditions．
A team led by Byeong-Chun Lee in Korea created the dogs．Lee and researcher Woo Suk Hwang were also part of the team that created the first cloned dog，Snuppy，in 2005．
"This new experiment should open the door for transgenic dogs to be models of human illness，" said one of the team members，Che Myong Ko．"The next step for us is to make a true illness model．"
News Two
A company in Japan has said they will soon sell a new kind of T-shirt．The T—shirt can protect people from knives．It is more than three times stronger than cotton because it is made of a special kind of material．This material is thick enough to protect you，but it is not too heavy to make you look like you are wearing protective clothing．This material is like the one that is used in body armor，but it is lighter and can be washed by a washing machine．
These T-shirts are created because of the increased knife accidents that happen to children．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Ruppy can give off _______ light under certain conditions．
A．white B．red C．yellow D．green
( ) 2．News One mainly tells us that _______．
A．Ruppy can give off red light all the time
B．Snuppy has the ability to cure people's illness
C．Byeong-Chun Lee is not a member of the Snuppy study team
D．a transgenic dog will be used to study people's illness
( ) 3．The special T-shirt is made of _______．
A．a special kind of cotton
B．a special kind of silk
C．a special kind of material
D．a usual kind of cotton
( ) 4．The underlined phrase "body armor" in News Two means "_______" in Chinese．
A．身手 B．衣服 C．太空服 D．防弹衣
( ) 5．The second piece of news shows that _______．
A．the special T-shirt is made of a special kind of cotton
B．you might break the T-shirt if you put it in a washing machine
C．the number of knife accidents is increasing these days
D．the T-shirt will be as cheap as everyday T-shirts
答案：
1．B 根据 News One 中第一段“...gave off red light under certain conditions”可知，是红色的光。
2．D 根据 News One 可知，克隆技术的发现对人体疾病的治疗起着重要的作用。
3．C 根据 News Two 的第一段内容可知这种类型的 T 恤是用一种特殊的材料做成的。
4．D 根据 News Two 的第一段中上下句的关系可以确定是一种保护身体的衣服，即常说的防弹衣。
5．C 从第二则新闻最后一句可以确定发明这种防弹衣是由于日本常发生持刀事件。
五
Imagine this：a television screen has the size and thickness of a piece of paper．You carry it around in your pocket and take it out when you want to watch a show．Imagine a guitar so tiny that you can't see it with the human eye，but you can hear sound when its strings are pulled．
Nanotechnology(纳米技术) is the science that deals with things in a very small way，and it is being studied and developed all over the world．Many scientists say nanotechnology will produce the next industrial revolution(工业革命)．
Perhaps nanotechnology will have the biggest influence on medical science．Imagine nanobots(纳米机器人) in medicine．Thousands or even millions of tiny machines can be sent into the human body with specific tasks．For example，they can be designed to find and destroy cancer cells or viruses(病毒)．Other machines may stay in the human body forever to help organs(器官) that are not working properly．
When could all of these happen Scientists predict that most of these are possible in the next years．Thousands of scientists around the world are working on these micro-machines．Nanotechnology is just around the corner．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The two examples in Paragraph 1 are used to _______．
A．introduce the smallest television
B．introduce a new kind of guitar
C．introduce the topic of the passage
D．show how small the world is
( ) 2．Nanotechnology _______．
A．will cause an industrial revolution
B．deals with things in old ways
C．has studied the whole world
D．was developed many years ago
( ) 3．The underlined word "they" in the third paragraph refers to _______．
A．scientists
B．human bodies
C．specific tasks
D．tiny machines
( ) 4．The tiny machines _______．
A．are too small to be repaired
B．can be put in a human body to kill viruses
C．may not work well in human organs
D．can take the place of human organs
( ) 5．The underlined phrase "around the corner" in the last sentence means "_______"．
A．far away
B．at present
C．in the near future
D．impossible
答案：
1．C 短文第一段通过设想纳米技术给人们日常生活带来的便利，目的在于引出主题——纳米技术。
2．A 第二段介绍了纳米技术的研发将引起世界性的工业革命。
3．D 第三段提到纳米机器人可能被植入人体内为人类服务，所以选 D。
4．B 根据文中“they can be designed to find and destroy cancer cells or viruses．”可以确定答案。
5．C 根据全文可知纳米技术不久会被广泛使用。
六
Soon computers and other machines will be able to remember you by looking at your eyes! The program works because everyone's eyes are different．So in the future you won't have to remember a number when you want to use a machine or take money out of a bank．You'll just have to look at the machine and it will be able to tell who you are．
The eye-recognition(眼睛识别) program is already being tested in shops and banks in the U.S.A.，Britain，Spain，Italy and Turkey．Soon this technology will take the place of all other ways of finding out who people are．
However，scientists are working on other systems．Machines will soon be able to know you from the shape of your face or hand or even your smell! We already have machines that can tell who you are from your voice or from the mark made by your finger．
Eye-recognition is better than other kinds because your eyes don't change as you get older，or get dirty like hands or fingers．And even twins have different eyes，so the program can be up to 94% correct，depending on how good the technology is．Some programs may only be 51%．In Britain，it was found that 91% of people who had tried it said that they liked the idea of recognizing(认出) you by your eyes．So smile!
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What will the program for remembering eyes be used for
A．Banks and computers．
B．Banks and shops．
C．Schools and computers．
D．Schools and shops．
( ) 2．How does the eye-recognition program work
A．You look at the machine and type the number．
B．You need to speak and then look．
C．The machine looks at your face．
D．You look at the machine．
( ) 3．Which recognition program is already in use
A．Remembering eyes and smell．
B．Remembering fingers or voices．
C．Remembering faces and voices．
D．Remembering hands and faces．
( ) 4．What problems could there be with the eye-recognition program
A．Some eyes are the same．
B．Eyes can change．
C．It is not always correct．
D．Eyes can get dirty．
( ) 5．What's the advantage of using eye-recognition programs in this passage
A．You needn't remember a number．
B．You needn't take money with you．
C．You don't need to speak．
D．People think they are interesting．
答案：
1．B 眼睛识别技术将会用于银行和商店。
2．D 利用眼睛识别身份时，只需看着测试机器就行了。
3．B 目前，识别身份的方法主要是指纹和声音识别。
4．C 眼睛识别技术准确率高，但仍会出错。
5．A 眼睛识别技术的优势在于它不像密码识别，不需要记住一串数字。
七
Recently in a class in Tokyo，a robot teacher called Saya called out the names of students，and smiled at them．Her funny face made the students laugh．However，the inventor says she is not going to take the place of human teachers．
Unlike other robots without feelings，Saya has six feelings — surprise，fear，dislike，anger，happiness and sadness．She can also say simple phrases such as "Thank you" and "Sorry"．
"Robots that look like humans have an important influence on children and older people，" Hiroshi Kobayashi，Saya's developer，said．
Saya was first invented as a receptionist(接待员) robot in 2004．Later，she was tested in a real Tokyo classroom with many fifth and sixth grade students．"Although she still can't do much more than call out names and shout 'Be quiet'，the children had great fun，" Kobayashi says．"They were very happy when Saya called out their names．"
Ronald C．Arkin，a scientist，says people should do more study on the interaction(互动) between humans and robots before people depend on robots too much．
Kobayashi says，"Saya is just meant to help people，and we should not have too high hope for her ability．She has no thought and no ability to learn．She is just a tool．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Saya is _______．
A．a Japanese woman teacher
B．a Japanese girl
C．a robot teacher
D．a scientist
( ) 2．Saya's first job is _______．
A．a teacher
B．a receptionist
C．a student
D．a robot
( ) 3．Saya can say _______ in lives．
A．Thank you
B．Sorry
C．Be quiet
D．all of the above
( ) 4．Ronald C．Arkin mainly tells us that _______．
A．people will do better than robots on the interaction
B．robots will do better than humans on the interaction
C．robots have an important influence on humans
D．Saya will be the best teacher
( ) 5．Which of the following is NOT right
A．Saya is not going to take the place of human teachers．
B．Saya has seven feelings．
C．Robots that look like humans have an important influence on children and older people．
D．Saya is just a tool，and just helps humans．
答案：
1．C 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定，Saya 是一位机器人教师。
2．B 根据短文第四段的第一句内容可以确定，Saya 在 2004 年被作为一位接待员而创造。
3．D 根据短文内容可以确定，Saya 可以说简单的话如“谢谢”“对不起”和“安静”等。
4．A 根据倒数第二段的内容可以推测出人类在师生互动方面将比机器人做得更好。
5．B 通读全文可以确定，Saya 只是一个工具，永远也代替不了人类，她对孩子和老人有重大影响，用排除法即选 B。
八
China's first Mars probe，Yinghuo1，is expected to be sent up in the second half of this year，an official said．
Yinghuo1 will be sent up by a Russian carrier rocket，accompanied by a Russian aerocraft(飞行器)．
Yinghuo1 will go into Mars orbit(轨道) in 2010 after a 10-month，380-million-kilometer journey．But unlike the Russian craft，Yinghuo1 won't land but will only observe．
The Chinese probe is 75cm long，75cm wide and 60cm high．It weighs 115 kilograms and is designed for a two-year life．
Yinghuo1 is expected to discover why water disappeared from Mars and to explain other environmental changes of the planet．
任务一：根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．China will _______ the first Mars probe in 2009．
2．Yinghuo1 will be sent up by _______．
3．Yinghuo1 will go into _______ in 2010．
任务二：把画线部分译成汉语。
4．_________________________________________
任务三：根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
5．Why does China launch Yinghuo1
A．Because China wants to discover why water disappeared from Mars．
B．Because China wants to explain other environmental changes of the planet．
C．It can show China is a developed country．
D．A and B．
答案：
1．send up 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定，中国将在 2009 年发射第一枚火星探测器，所以答案是 send up。
2．a Russian carrier rocket 根据短文中第二段“Yinghuo1 will be sent up by a Russian carrier rocket，”可以确定答案是 a Russian carrier rocket。
3．Mars orbit 根据短文第三段首句可知将于 2010 年才把火星探测器送入轨道，答案是 Mars orbit。
4．中国火星探测器 75cm 长，75cm 宽，60cm 高。注意 long，wide，high。
5．D 根据短文最后一段内容可知，A 和 B 均正确，即选 D。
九
Charles Richard Drew，an African-American，started blood banks．He was born on June 3，1904，in Washington D.C．His father was a lawyer and his mother was a teacher．Drew was the eldest of their five children．3 The boy tried to get good grades when he was at school．Drew was good at sports and he won four medals in swimming when he was eight years old．During his high school years，Drew was a great member of the football，basketball and baseball teams．
After high school，Drew attended Amherst College．4 The young man didn't have enough money to go to medical school，so he worked and saved his money．Finally，in 1928，he went to a medical school in Canada．Then he studied at Columbia University Medical School．
Drew's interest was blood，specifically "blood transfusions(输血)"．He wanted to learn all he could about the subject．He studied the idea of a "blood bank" which is a way to collect and store blood for transfusions．Through his experiments，Drew found out that blood plasma(血浆) could be successfully used instead of whole blood．Plasma can be stored for longer than whole blood．In 1940，Drew wrote about the results of his experiments in a report．
Drew is considered to have created the "blood bank" for the following two reasons：He found that blood can be separated into different parts，and that plasma can be kept until it is needed for a blood transfusion．
任务一：根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．The interest of Charles Richard Drew is _______．
2．A "blood bank" is _______．
任务二：把下列句子译成汉语。
3．_______________________________________________
4．_______________________________________________
任务三：根据短文，选择最佳答案。
5．Why is Drew believed to have created the "blood bank"
A．He found that blood can be separated into different parts．
B．He found that plasma can be kept until it is needed for a blood transfusion．
C．He found out that blood plasma(血浆) could be successfully used instead of whole blood．
D．A and B．
答案：
1．blood，specifically "blood transfusions" 根据短文中第三段的首句内容可知，Drew 血液感兴趣，特别是输血。
2．a way to collect and store blood for transfusions 根据短文中第三段中内容可知。
3．上学时，男孩努力取得好成绩。
4．这位年轻人，没有足够的钱去上医科学校，只得去工作攒钱。
5．D 根据短文最后一段内容可知。Topic Nine Entertainment and Sports 文娱与体育
话说中考
社会经济的发展推动了文体事业的前进步伐，奥运会、世博会这样的字眼时时映入孩子们的眼帘，由此文体也成了中学生关注的话题。此类话题多以新闻媒体的形式出现，所以就要求学生了解新闻，熟悉其特点及出题意图。
解题思路：理解新闻的格式及出题特点，熟悉解题技巧。
走进中考(吉林通化·2010)
Huang Xiaoming Chinese actor Huang Xiaoming visited the panda base(据点) in Sichuan province． During his visit，Huang put on a keeper's suit and tried cutting bamboo，cleaning cages and feeding the pandas． Huang also adopted a pair of panda twins with a gift of one million yuan．
Angelina Jolie Hollywood actress Angelina Jolie can do all kinds of things on screen．It looks like she's good at everything，shooting，fighting and killing．But there's one thing she's afraid of — cooking．The 33-year-old says she was never able to master cooking skills．"I don't cook — It's the one thing I can't do!" she says．
Chen Luyu Chinese hostess Chen Luyu is famous for her popular talk show．She set up an online version(版本) of her show at ． People have grown tired of Chen's show，especially her habit of constantly(经常地) asking guests，"Really " But the producer of the show supports Chen："She's one of the few Chinese hosts who knows how to control(控制) her desire(愿望) to express herself and let the guests speak freely in an interview．"
根据表格内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What kind of animals does Huang Xiaoming like
A．Pandas． B．Monkeys． C．Tigers． D．Lions．
( ) 2．Which is TRUE about Angelina Jolie
A．She is good at everything．
B．She can't shoot well．
C．She can't cook by herself．
D．She can cook well．
( ) 3．Why have people grown tired of Chen Lu Yu's show according to the passage
A．Because she isn't famous for her talk show．
B．Because she set up an online version of talk show．
C．Because she has the habit of constantly asking，"Really "．
D．Because she likes to express herself．
( ) 4．What does the underlined word "adopt" mean in the first paragraph
A．批准 B．继承 C．采纳 D．收养
( ) 5．We can know from the passage that _______．
A．Angelina Jolie is a shy actress．
B．Chen Luyu isn't famous any more．
C．Huang Xiaoming is a kind man．
D．All the three stars are Chinese．
解析
1．A 根据“During his visit，Huang put on a keeper's suit and tried cutting bamboo，cleaning cages and feeding the pandas．”可知黄晓明很喜欢熊猫。
2．C “But there's one thing she's afraid of — cooking．”可知正确答案为 C。
3．C 根据“People have grown tired of Chen's show，especially her habit of constantly(经常地) asking guests，Really ”可知陈鲁豫经常问嘉宾“真的吗”这个习惯让人们感到很厌烦，故正确答案为 C。
4．D 词义猜测题。根据句意和语境可知只有 D 项“收养”符合。
5．C 通读全文可知黄晓明亲身体验照顾熊猫的工作，足以体现他是一位善良有爱心的人，故 C 项表述是正确的。
话题专练
一
LeBron James has been praised by the whole world as one of the greatest players of today．People call him "King James"，the "Chosen One" and compare him to his idol Michael Jordan．
Now the 25-year-old player has surprised everyone again．Since he joined the league，James has broken many records．He has led his team to the NBA finals．He has celebrated two NBA All-Star Game Most Valuable Player(MVP) titles．He has been named to the all NBA team twice．The 2.03-meter player has both a perfect build and a great basketball brain．He is famous for his speed and power．
"He's not scared by anyone．He has the confidence(信心) that only the great have，" said his coach，Paul Silas about LeBron．But LeBron's best quality(品质) is that he is a team player．"My game just won't let me be selfish(自私的)，" LeBron said．"I love sharing the ball with my teammates．"
"They got a really good leader in LeBron，" Pistons guard Rodney Stuckey said after the April 26 game．"When he is going and he has his other teammates going as well，it is really hard to beat them．They are a really good team．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Who was called "King James"
A．LeBron James．
B．Yao Ming．
C．Michael Jordan．
D．Paul Silas．
( ) 2．What quality isn't mentioned about James in the passage
A．Leadership skills．
B．Confidence．
C．Respect for the old．
D．Team spirit．
( ) 3．James is good at _______ according to the second paragraph．
A．soccer
B．basketball
C．baseball
D．table tennis
( ) 4．James' coach was proud of _______．
A．LeBron James
B．his team
C．other teammates
D．himself
( ) 5．Which of the following is Not right according to the passage
A．James is known for his perfect build．
B．James has the ability to motivate his teammates．
C．He has been doing well in the league．
D．He is willing to share the ball with his teammates．
答案：
1．A 根据短文中第一段的内容可知，LeBron James 被称为“小皇帝詹姆斯”。
2．C 通读全文可知选 C。
3．B 根据短文中第二段内容可确定，他擅长打篮球。
4．A 根据短文中第三段的内容可以确定，他的教练为他感到自豪。
5．A 根据第二段内容可以确定，James 最为人称道的是他的速度和力最，故选 A。
二
Good morning．The program today is about music．The word "music" comes from the Greek word "muse"．The Muses are the goddesses of the arts．Music is only one of the arts．It is like the spoken language，but it uses sounds．Today's program brings together music from different corners of the world．Who invented music Who sang the first song No one knows exactly the answers to these questions．But we know that music plays an important part in almost everyone's life．Babies and young children love to hear people singing to them．When they are a little older，they like to sing the songs they have heard．When children go to school，their world of music grows．In the middle grades students take music lessons．When they reach high school，they become interested in listening to pop music．
The records we have chosen for you today are from American country music，Indian music，pop music and so on．Music has meaning for everyone．It can make people happy or it can make them sad．In this program we shall study the language of music．We shall be trying to find out more about how music works．We shall try to find out how music says what people feel．
Now，here comes the music today．I shall explain why they are all good music...
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The first paragraph is mainly about the _______．
A．styles of music
B．history of music
C．taste of music
D．knowledge of music
( ) 2．The speaker is probably _______．
A．a host
B．a singer
C．a dancer
D．a teacher
( ) 3．Which is TRUE according to the passage
A．The Muses invented music．
B．Music can bring people some feelings．
C．Music was from a Greek village．
D．Everyone is interested in pop music．
( ) 4．The speaker believes that _______．
A．music is a spoken language
B．music hardly develops
C．music is above the other arts
D．music plays an important part in our life
( ) 5．What is NOT the purpose of this music program
A．To study the language of music．
B．To learn more about the music．
C．To give a complete background to the music．
D．To give people some music to listen to．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定，这一段主要是讲音乐的由来及有关知识。
2．A 根据短文第一段“Good morning．The program today is about music．”可以确定说话者是节目主持人，所以选 A。
3．B 本篇短文介绍了音乐可以表达很多种感情，所以选 B。
4．D 根据短文内容对音乐的介绍可以确知音乐是人们生活中的一部分。
5．C 本节目对音乐话题的讲述目的是加深对音乐的了解、研究音乐语言及向人们推荐好的音乐，而 C 项为“给音乐以完整背景”显然不符文意，所以选 C。
三
Yucai Middle School will have a School Day on Friday．Students don't need to have any classes．Instead，they are going to do a lot of things for fun．Here is a poster for it．
The most wonderful game of the yearMeet our school basketball starsBasketball Court 3:00 p.m．— 5:00 p.m．Tel：375 — 7682
Water Sports It's really cool! Xingsha Beach The whole afternoonTel：375 — 7442
Talent ShowAre you good at singing，dancing，acting or playing the guitar Come and show yourself!Music Hall 7:00 p.m．— 9:00 p.m．Tel：375 — 9876
Chess is fun!Different kinds of chessWho will win at last Chess Club 8:00 a.m．— 10:30 a.m．1:00 p.m．— 3:30 p.m．Tel：375 — 7465
For further information，please call the school office．Just do it! Enjoy yourself!
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．You can _______ either in the morning or in the afternoon．
A．have the chess competition
B．go to the talent show
C．watch the basketball game
D．have water sports
( ) 2．If you want to see the school basketball stars，you can go at _______．
A．8:00 a.m．— 10:30 a.m．
B．3:00 p.m．— 5:00 p.m．
C．1:00 p.m．— 3:00 p.m．
D．7:00 p.m．— 9:00 p.m．
( ) 3．You can have water sports _______．
A．at Xingsha Beach
B．at the music hall
C．at the basketball court
D．at the chess club
( ) 4．If you are good at singing and dancing，you should call at _______．
A．375-7682 B．375-7442 C．375-9876 D．375-7465
( ) 5．If you want to learn about further information，what should you do
A．See the poster．
B．Ask your classmates．
C．Call the school office．
D．Go to the school office．
答案：
1．A 根据海报内容中最后一项的内容看可确定答案是棋类比赛。
2．B 由海报中第一项介绍可知，应在 3:00 p.m. — 5:00 p.m.，故选 B。
3．A 根据海报第二项介绍 Water Sports... Xingsha Beach 确定答案是 A。
4．C 根据海报中有关对 Talent Show 的介绍，可确定答案是 C。
5．C 根据海报下面的一段内容可以确定答案是给学校办公室打电话。
四
Hi，everyone．I'm Yao Ming．I left China for the first time in 1997 to go to the Nick camp in Paris．That's where I met my first NBA star，Tim Hardaway，who was one of the camp counselors(顾问)．He looked like the rest of us — two hands，two legs，one head — but he was quicker than anybody I'd ever seen，especially the way he played with the ball．His footwork，his hands — move quickly．He would challenge everyone to play one-on-one until he was too tired to move an amendment．I don't remember who the best player in camp was because I didn't know what good basketball was then．There were eighty-five players at the camp，and I wore number 85．I wasn't worried about how good Hardaway was because at that time I was just thinking I'd play in the Chinese Basketball Association(CBA)．I didn't think I'd see anyone like Hardaway again．
The trip to Paris made a big impression on me．I was there for only six days，but I learned a lot — not just about basketball，but maybe about myself and my place in the world of basketball．I found out there were a lot of great players outside China and how good a player could be．I knew for the first time where I stood among the best young players in the world．I thought "I'm not that good，but I'm not that bad"．When I went to Paris，I learned what was possible．There was no way to really know that until I left China．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The first foreign country Yao Ming visited is _______．
A．England
B．the U.S.A
C．France
D．Canada
( ) 2．There were _______ players at the camp，and Yao Ming wore number 85．
A．84 B．85 C．86 D．I don't know
( ) 3．How long did Yao Ming visit Paris in 1997
A．For three days．
B．For seven days．
C．For a month．
D．For only six days．
( ) 4．What did Yao Ming learn from the Nick camp
A．How to play basketball well．
B．How to be a man．
C．How to improve his game．
D．All of the above．
( ) 5．Which of the following is NOT right
A．Tim Hardaway was one of the camp counselors．
B．Yao Ming began to realize where he was in the world of basketball．
C．Yao Ming dones't play for the Houston Rockets in the NBA．
D．Yao Ming is one of the best young players in the world．
答案：
1．C 根据短文第一句内容可知，the Nick camp 是在巴黎举行的，即法国的首都。
2．B 根据短文中 There were eighty-five players at the camp 可知，一共有 85 人。
3．D 根据短文第二段内容 I was there for only six days 可以确定在法国仅仅六天。
4．D 根据短文第二段中“I learned a lot — not just about basketball，but maybe about myself and my place in the world of basketball．”可以确定答案是 D。
5．C 根据短文内容及常识可以确定姚明是 NBA 的成员之一，所以 C 项错误。
五
Disney is a big family that has a lot of cartoon stars such as Mickey and Minnie Mouse．Donald Duck is the most bad-tempered one，but has got lots of fans around the world during these years．Now，Donald Duck turns 75．
From the beginning，the famous cartoonist Walt Disney created Donald Duck as a foil(陪衬) to Mickey Mouse．While Mickey is most loved by children，Donald Duck has more adult fans．The duck is a funny character with the wildest dreams．
In his 75 years，Donald Duck has tried his hand at more than 100 different professions(职业)，but failed at them all．Donald always seems to be short of cash and make a habit of getting into all kinds of troubles．
But no matter how often he fails，Donald Duck keeps moving on — that's the reason why he has so many fans．"He's a loser，not a quitter，and he'll go on fighting，" wrote the Disney company in its description of the beloved character on their website．
Donald Duck is known for his funny speech and his good heart．His first show on the movie was in 1934 in a short cartoon film called Little Wise Hen．And，the achievement that would probably please Donald most is that he has appeared in 128 films — more than Mickey Mouse．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．How old is Donald Duck this year
A．75． B．100． C．128． D．I don't know．
( ) 2．What is Donald Duck like
A．He is funny．
B．He has a quick temper．
C．He is warm-hearted．
D．All of the above．
( ) 3．Who likes Donald Duck all over the world
A．Some children．
B．Some adults．
C．Some young ladies．
D．Walt Disney．
( ) 4．Why do people love Donald Duck
A．Because he is a good foil to Mickey Mouse．
B．Because he is a funny character with the wildest dreams．
C．Because he's a loser，not a quitter，and he'll go on fighting．
D．Because he has appeared in 128 films．
( ) 5．Little Wise Hen is his ________ film that he has appeared in．
A．one B．128 C．first D．last
答案：
1．A 根据短文第一段的最后一句可知，是第 75 个生日。
2．D 根据短文中所给的信息可知，他热心肠却脾气急躁，还非常滑稽可笑，所以答案选 D。
3．B 根据短文第二段 ...Donald Duck has more adult fans．可知，它有很多成人影迷，所以选 B。
4．C 根据倒数第二段的内容可以确定人们喜欢他的原因是他那种不服输的精神，所以答案是 C。
5．C 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，Little Wise Hen 是它参与的第一部作品。
六
Susan Boyle，a singer from the Britain's Got Talent show，won second place in that competition(比赛)．The competition has made her a global(全球的) star．Susan，the 47-year-old lady became very famous over the past several months after a video of her performance in the competition，I Dreamed a Dream，was posted on the Internet．
Millions of people all over the world saw her performance on the Internet and were surprised by her talent．
A judge of the competition said，"When she began to sing I Dreamed a Dream，I even couldn't believe my ears．It was one of my favorite moments．"
Susan is a volunteer church worker．She was called the "hairy angel" for her untidy hair．
Speaking from her home in Scotland，Susan said that she didn't want to change her appearance to become a pretty star．Her fans like her present appearance．
Susan also spoke of the reason why she first began to explore(开发) her talents，"I was kind of slow at school．I was not clever and I was not good at learning．So doing something like singing was a good way of getting past that and of having my confidence．"
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．When she took part in the Britain's Got Talent show，Susan Boyle was _______ years old．
2．She sang _______ in the competition．
3．Susan works as a volunteer in _______．
4．Susan was called the "_______" for her untidy hair．
5．Why didn't Susan want to change her appearance to become beautiful Because _______．
答案：
1．47／forty-seven 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定她的年龄是 47 岁。
2．I Dreamed a Dream 根据短文第一段最后一句可知，苏珊唱的是《我曾有梦》。
3．church 根据短文第四段首句内容可知，她在教堂工作。
4．hairy angel 根据短文第四段中的“She was called the "hairy angel" for her untidy hair．”以确定答案。
5．her fans like her present appearance 根据短文倒数第二段最后一句内容可知，她的歌迷喜欢她目前的容貌。
七
Hong Kong film star Jackie Chan，NBA star Yap Ming and Chinese pianist Lang Lang were chosen as ambassadors for the 2010 Shanghai World Expo(上海世博会形象大使) some days ago．
The Expo will take place from May 1st to October 31st，2010．The theme of the 2010 Expo is "Better City，Better Life"．So far more than 230 countries，regions(地区) and international organizations have said that they will take part in the Expo．The Expo is expected to attract 70 million visitors，5% of them from abroad．
The World Expo had proved during its more than 150-year history to play an important role in promoting(促进) world economic and technological development．The Chinese government and people have done a lot to prepare for the 2010 Shanghai World Expo，and the country looks forward to sharing the achievements of human civilization(文明) with friends from around the world．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Who were chosen as ambassadors for the 2010 Shanghai World Expo
A．Yao Ming．
B．Jackie Chan．
C．Lang Lang．
D．All of the above．
( ) 2．What is the theme of the 2010 Expo
A．Better City，Better Life．
B．Promoting world economic and technological development．
C．Green Exip．
D．Sharing the achievements of human civilization．
( ) 3．How long is the history of the Expo
A．230 years．
B．70 years．
C．More than 150 years．
D．150 years．
( ) 4．How many people will come to the 2010 Expo according to the article
A．70 million．
B．3.5 million．
C．66.5 million．
D．230 million．
5．把画线部分译成汉语。
__________________________________________________
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定，成龙、姚明和郎朗被选为世博会的形象大使，所以选 D。
2．A 根据短文第二段中内容可知，世博会的主题是“城市，让生活更美好”，即选 A。
3．C 根据短文第三段的第一句可以确定“世博会有 150 多年的历史”，所以选 C。
4．A 根据短文中第二段最后一句 The Expo is expected to attract 70 million visitors，可以确定选 A。
5．在促进世界经济和技术发展方面扮演着一个重要角色画线部分所在句意思是“事实证明世博会在超过 150 年的历史中在促进世界经济和技术发展方面扮演着一个重要角色”。
八
Many young people want to be pop stars．Pop stars are rich．Many people think they are leading happy and easy lives．In fact，they have very hard lives．They spend much of their time on travel．Sometimes the travel is interesting，but most often it is boring to pop stars．The following chart is a day's life of a pop star．
Feb．10，2009
5:00 Woke up，had breakfast in the hotel and packed bags．Took taxi to airport．
7:30 Plane took off half an hour later than usual for the bad weather．
8:30 Plane landed．Waited for luggage for half an hour．Signed for fans at the airport．
9:45 Arrived at the hotel and had a short rest．
10:00 Started out to attend the meeting with fans and gave an interview to the local reporters．
11:00 Went to radio station to attend the live show．
12:00 Had lunch with local producer．
13:00 Went to theatre and prepared for the night's show．The lighting of the theatre was good，but the band did poorly．
17:00 Back to hotel．Tried to have a rest．Still worried about the band．
18:00 Had supper，but ate little．
18:30 Went to theatre again and got ready for show．
19:00 Sang very well，and audience gave a warm welcome．The band improved a little．
22:00 Show was over．Very tired from it．
23:00 Back to hotel．Took a bath．Too excited to sleep，so watched TV．
0:00 Fell asleep，with TV on．
根据表格内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．According to the chart，the pop star was a _______．
A．player B．dancer C．singer D．pianist
( ) 2．According to his plan，his plane should have taken off at _______．
A．6:30 B．7:00 C．7:30 D．8:00
( ) 3．How long did he spend on his way to the place for his performance
A．One hour．
B．Two hours．
C．Four hours and three quarters．
D．One hour and a quarter．
( ) 4．At the radio station，the pop star ________．
A．showed fans how to become famous
B．met fans and signed for them
C．gave a performance on the air
D．told people how he lived his life
( ) 5．From this passage we get to know that _______．
A．not all people like pop stars
B．pop stars have their own bands
C．fans are troublesome for pop stars
D．to be a pop star is not all fun
答案：
1．C 根据表格中的“Sang very well，and...”可知这位被人家所喜欢的名人是一位歌星。
2．B 根据内容“7:30 Plane took off half an hour later than usual for the bad weather．”可以确定飞机起飞时间应是 7:00。
3．C 从他 5:00 坐车去机场到 9:45 到达旅馆(即演出地点)，一共是 4 小时 45 分钟，即答案是 C。
4．C 根据表中“Went to radio station to attend the live show．”可知，他去电台参加了一个现场直播，所以选 C。
5．D 根据短文介绍和表格时间安排，可知歌星们的生活并不像我们想的那样有趣，所以选 D。
九
Michael Jackson，the king of pop was dead in June，2009．His This Is It won the high records to gross $101 million at the world-wide box office over five days．
Sony Pictures(索尼影视) acquired rights to the film，a behind-the-scenes documentary．The five-day total already makes This Is It the highest-grossing concert film of all time，far more than Hannah Montana's concert．
"We put a lot of love and hard work into this picture，" says Rory Bruce，who heads world-wide distribution for Sony Pictures．"It's a very good day for us．"
Although This Is It set new records，its domestic ticket sales fell below some Hollywood expectations．The film grossed just over $32.5 million at the domestic box office，according to studio estimates，while it made an estimated $68.5 million internationally during the same period．
Sony announced on Sunday that，based on the strong performance of the film，it would extend(延伸) the limited two-week run for This Is It for three more weeks in domestic theaters，through the Thanksgiving weekend．Internationally，the studio will extend the movie on a "territory-by-territory basis，" says Mr．Bruce，likely lasting from one week to three weeks in most places．
根据短文内容，完成下列句子。
1．Michael Jackson was called _______．
2．Sony Pictures acquired rights to his _______．
3．This Is It made an estimated _______ million internationally according to studio estimates．
4．Sony announced on Sunday that the film will last _______ days in most places．
5．Michael Jackson died in _______．
答案：
1．the king of pop 根据短文第一句内容可以确定，杰克逊被称为“音乐之王”，即答案是 the king of pop。
2．behind-the-scenes documentary 根据短文第二段内容可知，索尼影视买断了记录迈克尔·杰克逊筹备音乐会幕后故事的纪录片，所以答案是 behind-the-scenes documentary。
3．$68.5 据短文中第四段中的内容很容易确定答案是 $68.5。
4．more than 20 days 根据短文最后一段的内容可以确定《就是这样》的放映时间从一个星期延长到三个星期，即 more than 20 days。
5．June，2009 根据短文第一句可知，杰克逊死于 2009 年 6 月，即答案是 Jane，2009。Topic Seven Emotions 个人情感
话说中考
该话题是中考中最有话可说、有内容可写的部分，多以故事的形式出现。针对这一话题的内容，要注意细节性的题目，同时又涉及到对人生的理解与领悟。学生应该能在理解的基础上，对文章进行总结与概括。
解题思路：理解文意，注意细节，把握关键信息，领悟暗含深意。
走进中考(安徽芜湖·2010)
When a young man was 16，his father seriously said to him，"I'll give you whatever you want before you are 18．But after that，I won't care much about you，and you should give me whatever I want．" When his 18th birthday was coming，the young man began thinking about looking for a job．So he sent his resumes(简历) to many companies he liked on the Internet．"However，most got no replies，" he said．"Maybe they were surprised about my primary school education．"
By chance，one of his friends was looking for someone，who could work as an egg porter(搬运工) in the supermarket，for half a dollar a box．Facing lots of difficulties in getting a job，he said，"I'll take this job．At least I can make some money for my gas．" Then every day，he drove his car，his 18th birthday gift，to work in the supermarket．He did that for three months．
Later，he heard that a newspaper was looking for a network technician(网络技术员)，so he asked for it．But they were also worried about his school education．He practiced his skill right in front of the computer，and showed the managers the web pages he had made．He started to work the next day，and became the leader of the network department(部门) in less than a year．
And now，the 23-year-old man is a boss．Last year，he started a magazine for children，with himself as the editor in chief(主编)．And the only writer was his father．
( ) 1．The young man began to look for a job when he was _______．
A．18 B．16 C．22 D．23
( ) 2．It was difficult for the young man to get a job because _______．
A．he had an expensive car
B．his father cared much about him
C．he was young
D．he didn't have much education
( ) 3．How long did the young man do the job as an egg proter
A．For less than a year．
B．For one day．
C．For three months．
D．For two years．
( ) 4．The young man got the job as a network technician because _______．
A．he wanted to be a leader
B．he was good at computer
C．he decided to work for the newspaper
D．his resumes were sent through the Internet
( ) 5．The magazine that the young man started was perhaps about _______．
A．computer science
B．funny stories
C．foreign news
D．network
解析
1．A 根据“When his 18th birthday was coming，the young man began thinking about looking for a job．”可知他开始想找工作是在 18 岁，故 A 项正确。
2．D 根据“However，most got no replies，...Maybe they were surprised about my primary school education”可以推测出许多公司没回复的原因可能是因为他的学历，故正确答案为 D。
3．C 根据“He did that for three months”可知，搬运工的工作他干了三个月，故正确答案为 C。
4．B 根据“He practiced his skill right in front of the computer，and showed...”可知正确答案为 B。
5．B 根据最后一段内容我们可知他写的杂志面向的对象是少年儿童，比较四个选项中能引起儿童关注的应该是 funny stories，故正确答案为 B。
话题专练
一
When I was a kid，my dad used to sing me the old song Pack up Your Troubles．The words of the song often go through my mind while I'm packing for a trip — "Pack up your troubles in your bag and smile，smile，smile．"
However，for my friend，Vikki，what to pack isn't as important as whom to pack．She takes the photos of her family and friends who are dead everywhere．Vikki takes her "mother" skiing in Mammoth and takes her "mother" to Rome．Vikki has taken a number of people to foreign places like Australia．I'm very interested in this practice and often ask her about it．
During a trip two years ago，I saw the power of this practice．When Larry and I had just finished dinner at a restaurant，Vikki passed a small photo to Larry and asked，"Would you like to have your mom with you tomorrow when you climb Machu Picchu " Larry was clearly moved and put the photo in his pocket．The next day，Larry had his "mom" with him and I could feel the joy he felt．
With all the rules about travel today，we should take something with us that makes us happy，or at least smile，smile，smile．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What did his father use to sing for him when he was young
A．Smile，smile，smile．
B．Pack Up Your Troubles．
C．Mother．
D．I don't know．
( ) 2．Who likes to take "mother" skiing during a trip
A．The writer．
B．Larry．
C．Vikki．
D．All of them．
( ) 3．This passage mainly tells us ________
A．that everyone should take photo of family when traveling
B．that Vikki often travels with her friends and family．
C．about a trip two years ago that changed Larry's mind．
D．that we should pack happiness when traveling．
( ) 4．Which of the following sentence is TRUE
A．She takes the photos of her family and friends who are living everywhere．
B．Vikki has taken a number of people to foreign places like Australia．
C．Larry and I had just finishes basketball at a restaurant．
D．we should take photos with us that makes us happy，or at least smile，smile，smile．
( ) 5．The best title for this passage might be "________"．
A．Enjoy Traveling
B．Love Your family
C．Travel with Happiness
D．Travel with Family
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段的内容可知，作者小时候父亲常常给他唱 Pack Up Your Troubles 这首歌，即选 B。
2．C 根据短文中 vikki takes her "mother" skiing in Mammoth and takes her "mother" to Rome．可知，答案是 C。
3．D 通读短文可以判断山主要是告诉我们当我们远行时要心中充满快乐，所以选 D。
4．B 根据短文内容可知，A 项 Vikki 喜欢把她的过世的亲戚和朋友的照片带在身边，排除了 A；C 项中应是作者和 Larry 在饭店里吃晚饭，而题中却是吃早饭，排除了 C；根据最后一段内容可知，作者提倡远行要带上使我们喜欢的东西，不仅仅是照片，所以选 B。
5．C 根据短文内容可以看出主要是讲快乐行程，所以主题确定为 C。
二
Jack hadn't seen the old man for a long time．In fact，Jack had moved to the country to follow his dream．He was too busy to think about the past and spend time with his family．He was working on his future，and nothing could stop him．
Over the phone，his mother told him，"Mr．Belser died last night．The funeral(葬礼) is on Wednesday．" His thoughts went back to the old days．
"Jack，did you hear me "
"Oh，sorry，Mom．I heard you．I haven't thought about him for a long time．I thought he died years ago，" Jack said．
"Well，he didn't forget you．Every time I saw him，he would ask about you．He remembered the days you spent with him in his house，" Mom said．
"You know，Jack，after your father died，he tried to make sure you had a man's influence in your life，" Mom said．
"He taught me carpentry(木匠活)，" Jack said．"I wouldn't be doing this job if it were not for him．He always taught me things he thought were important．Mom，I'll be there for the funeral．"
Mr．Belser's funeral was small．He had no children．The night before he returned，Jack and his mother went to see Mr．Belser's old house．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Who was the old man
A．Mr．Belser．
B．Jack's father．
C．Jack．
D．Jack's mother．
( ) 2．Why did Jack move to the country
A．Because he didn't see the old man．
B．Because of his dream．
C．Because he didn't live with his mother together．
D．Because nothing could stop him．
( ) 3．Why did Jack look back to the old days
A．Because Mr．Belser died last night．
B．Because his mother was sad．
C．Because of his mother's words．
D．Because he wanted to come back for the funeral．
( ) 4．According to the passage，what does Jack do
A．A worker．
B．A student．
C．A carpenter．
D．An engineer．
( ) 5．How many children did Mr．Belser have
A．One．
B．Two．
C．I don't know．
D．None．
答案：
1．A 根据短文中第一、二段的内容可知，这位老人是 Mr.Belser，所以选 A。
2．B 根据短文第一段的内容可知，Jack 远离故乡是为了实现他的梦想，即选 B。
3．C 根据短文第二段内容可知，妈妈的话使他想起了自己的童年往事。
4．C 根据短文倒数第二段中 Jack 的叙述可知，Jack 是一名木匠。
5．D 根据短文最后一段可知，Mr.Belser 没有儿女，所以选 D。
三
Last summer，I took part in a 6-hour adventure(冒险) race with friends．For the race，I really didn't know what to expect．I knew we would be doing a few different things like mountain biking and hiking．At the beginning of the race，we received a map with 20 checkpoints(关卡) of an 18-mile，course．To finish the race，we had to reach all the 20 checkpoints in six hours．The roads to checkpoints were not clearly marked，so we spent a lot of time checking if we were on the right way to the next checkpoint．
There were times when I was burning up under the 35℃ heat，or swimming across a dangerous river，or so tired that I didn't want to take another step．At those times，I asked myself，"You call this an adventure What you really want to do is to give up and go back home " Then I went on running．However，something happened when I completed all the 20 checkpoints and crossed the finish line．I forgot all of the pain．I felt such a huge sense of accomplishment(成就)．We did it! We did it better than we had thought! We finished the adventure race in 15th place out of 60 teams!
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What did the writer do last summer
A．Running．
B．Swimming．
C．Climbing．
D．Taking part in an adventure race．
( ) 2．How was the day when he took part in a 6-hour adventure race with friends
A．Rainy．
B．Not hot and not cold．
C．Very hot．
D．Very cold．
( ) 3．When the writer crossed the finish line，he felt _______．
A．tired B．angry C．unhappy D．successful
( ) 4．The writer mainly wants to tell us _______．
A．that we will have a lot of things to do in an adventure race
B．that he has met many problems in an adventure race
C．that we have to finish 20 checkpoints in life
D．we shouldn't give up when we meet difficulties
( ) 5．The best title for this passage might be "_______"．
A．Twenty Checkpoints to Pass
B．The 15th Place
C．How to Complete an Adventure race
D．Times to Give Up
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可知，作者去年参加了一个 6 小时的野外冒险比赛活动，所以答案是 D。
2．C 根据短文可以推断出，当时的天气非常炎热，35°的高温，所以选择 C。
3．D 根据短文中 I felt such a huge sense of accomplishment(成就)可知，当作者穿过终点时，有一种成功感，所以选 D。
4．D 通读全文可知，作者主要告诉我们，遇到闲难不要轻易放弃，坚持到最后，就有机会成功，即选 D。
5．A 根据整篇短文内容可知，题目可以概括为“人生路上的二十道关卡”，所以选 A。
四
What is a gesture We can make gestures with our hands．With gestures we can express a lot．For example，we can express that something is good or bad，or makes us feel happy or unhappy．Think of parents who are trying to get their young children to come to them．What do they do Don't they open their hands with palms facing up to ask their children to come to them And it works．
Expressions on the face are important，too．People can communicate through expressions on the face without even saying a simple word．When people do not enjoy a certain kind of food，they usually make a face．That face tells the people around them that they do not like what they're eating．Besides that，the face can also express care and love．It helps other people understand what we are thinking．
Using gestures and expressions on the face can affect your public speaking．Believe it or not，it can help you do better．When people's gestures and expressions match their words and emotions，they will attract more attention from people，as their talk becomes more interesting．
根据短文内容，完成下列句子。
1．The first paragraph mainly tells us about ________．
2．People can use ________ and _______ to communicate without even saying a simple word．
3．The underlined word "palms" means _______ in Chinese．
4．The last paragraph mainly says that _______．
5．The article is written to explain ________．
答案：
1．the meaning of gestures．根据短文第一段的内容可知，主要是讲手势的含义，即答案为 the meaning of gestures．。
2．gestures，expressions on the face 根据短文内容可知，人们在不用语言的情况下，可以用手势和面部表情来交流。
3．手掌 根据短文中句子的含义可知，父母打开手掌提示孩子走到他们跟前的手势，所以确定 “palms”是“手掌”的意思。
4．using gestures and expressions can be helpful in public speaking．根据短文最后一段内容可知，主要是讲用手势和面部表情对公共场合的谈话是有帮助的。
5．the importance of gestures and expressions．通读全文可知，主要是讲体态语言的重要性。
五
It was a fine night outside the house．Granddad said to Peter，"I'll get my fiddle(小提琴) to play for you．" But he brought out a blanket．It was a big double blanket．"Look，isn't that a fine blanket And isn't your father a kind man "
Granddad pretended(假装) that he wanted to go away to the old people's house．There he'd be with many other old men．Peter had to believe Dad would really do it when he saw the blanket．
"Oh，yes，it's fine，" said Peter．He went into the house．He didn't cry and also he was too old for that．He just went to get Granddad's fiddle．
That girl would be Dad's new wife(妻子) soon．Yes，she had told him she'd try to be a good mother to him．
Granddad stopped suddenly and said，"It's a fine girl．He'll be feeling young again with a beautiful wife like that．It's best that I go away．" Then，Dad and the girl came．The girl spoke to Granddad，"I won't be here when you leave in the morning，so I come over to say good-bye．"
"It's kind of you．" he said．"Please look at this fine blanket! My son is giving it to me．"
"Yes，it's a fine double blanket．" she said．"That blanket is too expensive．" she said to Dad． Dad said，"I wanted him to have the best..." "He doesn't need a double blanket at all!" then she went away．
Suddenly the boy brought out a pair of scissors(一把剪刀) from the house．"Here，Dad．Cut(剪) the blanket into two．And keep the other half．I'll give it to you when you're old．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When did the story happen
A．At a fine night．
B．In the morning．
C．In the afternoon．
D．I don't know．
( ) 2．Who would play the fiddle for the boy
A．The boy's father．
B．The boy's grandpa．
C．The beautiful girl．
D．The boy's mother．
( ) 3．How about the big double blanket
A．Very good．
B．It's not fine．
C．It's too expensive．
D．It's beautiful．
( ) 4．Why did the boy want to cut the blanket into two
A．Because the blanket was a big double blanket．
B．Because the boy didn't need a double blanket at all．
C．Because the boy wanted to give it to his father．
D．Because he liked the double blanket．
( ) 5．The article mainly tells us ________．
A．the boy's grandfather was very old
B．the boy don't love the old man
C．the boy didn't have his own mother
D．the father didn't treat the boy's grandfather well
答案：
1．A 根据短文第一段内容可知，这个故事发生在夜里，即选 A。
2．B 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定是爷爷要给男孩拉小提琴。
3．C 由倒数第二段中 That blanket is too expensive．可知 C 项正确。
4．C 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，男孩想把毛毯留一半给爸爸，所以拿剪子把它剪开，即选 C。
5．D 根据整篇短文内容可以看出，男孩的父亲不孝敬他的老父亲，所以选 D。
六
A young man was getting ready to finish school．For a long time he had looked forward to getting a beautiful sports car．He knew his father could well afford it，so he told him all he wanted．
Then on the morning of his graduation(毕业)，his father called him into his private study．His father told him how proud he was to have such a fine son，and told him how much he loved him．He handed his son a beautiful gift box．Surprised，the young man opened the box and found a lovely Bible(圣经) with his name on it．Angrily，he raised his voice to his father and said，"With all your money you give me a Bible " He then rushed out of the house，leaving the Bible．
Many years passed and the young man was very successful in business．He had a beautiful home and a wonderful family，but realizing his father was very old，he thought perhaps he should go to see him．He had not seen him since that graduation day．Before he could make arrangements(安排)，he received a phone telling him his father had passed away．He had to come home immediately and take care of the things that his father left him．
When he began to search through his father's important papers，he saw the still new Bible，just as he had left it years ago．He opened the Bible and began to turn the pages．As he was reading，a car key with a tag(标牌) dropped from the back of the Bible．On the tag was the date of his graduation，and the words "PAID IN FULL"．Sadness and regret filled his heart．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The underlined word "it" in Paragraph I means _______．
A．a Bible
B．a box
C．a car
D．a phone
( ) 2．The young man was angry on the morning of his graduation because _______．
A．he thought he only got a Bible
B．he had to stay in his study
C．his father couldn't afford a car
D．his father spent all the money
( ) 3．Which of the following isn't mentioned in the third paragraph
A．The young man succeeded in his business．
B．The young man lived with his father all the time．
C．The young man decided to see his father．
D．The young man set up his own family．
( ) 4．It can be seen from the passage that the young man _______．
A．got angry with his father again
B．had to pay for the car himself
C．became interested in the Bible
D．came to know the truth at last
( ) 5．According the passage，we can know _______．
A．the father loved the writer very much
B．the father couldn't afford spots car，so he bought his son a Bible
C．at last the writer didn't pardon his father
D．the writer didn't take care of the things that his father left him
答案：
1．C 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定 it 是指作者梦寐以求的赛车。
2．A 根据短文第二段的内容可知，作者很生气是因为他认为父亲送给的不是赛车而是一本圣经。
3．B 根据第三段的内容看，作者的事业很成功；成立了自己的家庭；父亲去世了，他想去见父亲；所以选 B。
4．D 根据短文内容可以看出作者最后了解了事实真相。
5．A 根据短文内容中第一段的内容可以确定 B 项是错误的，他父亲买得起赛车；由最后一段内容可知，作者最后知道了真相，悔恨交加，可以确定他原谅了父亲，所以排除 C；根据倒数第二段的内容可知，他必须回家接管父亲的事业，排除了 D；从全文来看父亲很爱作者，所以选 A。
七
It was the end-of-year party．I had asked my mother to make us cookies．Mom's chocolate chips were the best．
But two o'clock passed，and there was no sign of her．Most of the other mothers had come and gone，dropping off their cakes and chips．The party went on，but I wouldn't leave the window．The three o'clock bell soon took me away from my thoughts．I took my bag and walked out for home．
The house was empty when I arrived．My heart was filled with anger(气愤)．For the first time in my life，my mother had let me down．I was lying on my bed when I heard her coming．"Robbie，" she called out．"Where are you " She was looking for me from room to room，but l kept silent．
When she entered my room，I didn't move，"I'm so sorry，" she said．"I got busy and forgot．" She began to laugh．I couldn't believe it．I turned over and found that she wasn't laughing but crying．"I'm so sorry．I let my boy down．" she cried like a little girl．I had never seen my mother cry．
"It's OK，Mom，" l said，"We didn't need those cookies．There was plenty of food to eat．Don't cry．It's all right．" We held each other in a long hug(拥抱)．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The story happened _______．
A．on my birthday
B．during Christmas
C．before Christmas
D．before the New Year's Day
( ) 2．I didn't leave the window because I want _______．
A．to see my mother coming
B．to enjoy the party
C．to get some cookies
D．to go to the party
( ) 3．I lay down on my bed and kept silent because I was _______．
A．tired B．angry C．hungry D．excited
( ) 4．Why did my mother cry and say that she was sorry
A．Because she was too busy．
B．Because she couldn't find me．
C．Because she didn't support me．
D．Because she needed those cookies．
( ) 5．According to the passage，at last what did the writer have
A．Chocolate chips．
B．Nothing．
C．other food．
D．I don't know．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一句话可知故事发生在新年前，所以选 D。
2．A 根据短文第二段的内容可能性知，作者一直不离开窗户，是因为他希望能看到妈妈到来。
3．B 根据短文第三段的内容可以确定作者非常生气，所以他躺在床上不说话。
4．A 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，妈妈太忙了忘了给儿子做巧克力派，所以她哭着说对不起。
5．C 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，作者和妈妈和好如初，他们没有吃巧克力派，而吃其他食物，所以选 C。
八
The first teacher-parent meeting would be held in the school．To the little boy's disappointment(失望)，his mother said she would go．He felt sorry for her face．She was very beautiful，but there was a big scar(疤痕) on the right face．The boy never talked about it with his mother．
At the meeting，the people noticed the mother's kindness and beauty though she had the scar．But the little boy hid himself．After the meeting，the teacher asked his mother carefully，"How did you get the scar on your face " The mother answered，"when my son was a baby，he was once in a room that caught fire．Everyone was too afraid to go in because the fire was out of control．At that time，I rushed in．As I was running towards his bed，I saw a piece of wood coming towards his bed．I threw myself over to protect him．I was knocked down．Luckily，a fireman came in and saved both of us．But I got the scar．" She touched her face．"This scar will be here for ever，but I have never felt sorry for what I did．"
At that moment，the little boy came out with his eyes wet．He held his mother's hand for the rest of the day．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The boy _______ when his mother decided to go to his first teacher-parent meeting．
A．was happy
B．felt disappointed
C．was angry
D．cried loudly
( ) 2．The boy was sorry for his mother because _______．
A．his mother was not beautiful
B．he didn't love his mother
C．there was a big scar on her face
D．the teacher didn't want to see her
( ) 3．Which of the following is TRUE
A．The boy knew why his mother got the scar before．
B．The boy told his classmates why his mother got the scar．
C．The mother told the boy about the scar after the meeting．
D．The mother told the teacher about the scar after the meeting．
( ) 4．The mother got the scar when she _______．
A．slept in a room on fire
B．protected her son
C．rushed out of the room
D．put out the fire
( ) 5．The boy was _______ when he knew the truth at last．
A．moved B．sad C．bored D．afraid
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段内容可知，当孩子得知妈妈要去参加家长会时，他很失望。
2．C 由第一段的内容可知小男孩的妈妈脸上有道大疤痕，可知 C 项正确。
3．D 根据短文内容可知，当初孩子不知道妈妈脸上为什么会有伤疤，孩子也没有向同学提起此事，所以排除了 A 和 B；会后妈妈告诉了老师这个伤疤的故事，并没有告诉孩子，所以 C 也错；故本题选 D。
4．B 根据妈妈向老师的叙述可知，这个伤疤是救孩子时留下的，所以选 B。
5．A 根据短文最后一段中的内容可知，孩子得知妈妈的这道伤疤的真相时，他紧紧地拉着妈妈的手，从他的举动可以看出他很感动。
九
My name is Matha．I am fifteen years old．I live in Makeni，the Republic of Sierro Leone(塞拉利昂共和国)．I am an orphan．My mother died when I was a baby．My father died two years ago．My father loved me very much．He used to buy me clothes and take me to school every morning．When I was ten years old，my father got very sick．He couldn't walk well，but he still went to school with me．He said，"I want to see you every minute．" The day before he died，① he told me to go to university no matter how poor we were．I really miss him and l haven't forgotten his words．Now I live with my aunt．I can't go to middle school because I don't have enough money．I help my aunt sell things in the market．② 我尽力挣钱来实现我爸爸的梦想。
任务一：根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1．Is Matha studying at school now
__________________________________________
2．What is Matha's dream
__________________________________________
3．Why can't Matha go to middle school
__________________________________________
任务二：翻译。
4．将文中 ① 处画线的句子译成汉语。
__________________________________________
5．将文中 ② 处画线的句子译成英语。
__________________________________________
答案：
1．No，she isn't．根据短文可知 Matha 现在不在学校了，因为她没有钱上学。
2．To study in a university．根据短文最后一句话可知，她没有忘记父亲的梦想——让她去上大学。
3．Because she has no money．根据文中 I can't go to middle school because I don't have enough money，可知答案是 Because she has no money．。
4．他叮嘱我无论多么贫穷都要去上大学。根据文中上下关系可确定句意为“父亲叮嘱她无论多难都要去上大学”，所以答案是他叮嘱我无论多么贫穷都要去上大学。
5．I'll try my best to earn some money to realize my father's dreamTopic Three Daily Routines，Interests and Hobbies
日常活动与兴趣爱好
话说中考
在历年的中考中，阅读理解占分比例很大，而日常活动与兴趣爱好又是阅读理解中的热门话题，这是因为“日常活动”的话题便于学生理解，与学生的生活很接近，使学生觉得很熟悉。主要考查我们在日常生活学习中发生或遇见的一些人或事；兴趣爱好也是我们学生经常谈论的话题，俗话说“兴趣是最好的老师，爱好是兴趣的孪生兄弟”，作为新世纪的中学生，培养良好的兴趣爱好是我们成才的前提，是我们走向成功必不可少的良好习惯。因而，兴趣爱好亦是阅读理解考查的重点。
做题思路：理解文意，把握、梳理信息，解答问题。
走进中考(眉山·2010)
Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information，and to relax in their free time．But some of them are not using in a good way．Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet．
● Make rules for Internet use with your parents．For example，when you can go online，for how long and what activities you can go online．
● Don't give your password(密码) to anyone else，and never leak out the following information — your real name，home address，age，school，phone number or other personal Information．
● Check with your parents before giving out a credit(信用) card number．
● Never send a photo of yourself to someone in e-mail unless your parents say it's OK．
● Check with your parents before going into a chat room．Different chat rooms have different rules and attract different kinds of people．You and your parents must make sure it's a right place for you．
● Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission(允许)．Never meet anyone you met online alone．
● Always remember that people online may not be who they say they are．Treat everyone online as strangers．
● If something you see or read online makes you uncomfortable，leave the site．Tell a parent or teacher right away．
● Treat other people as you'd like to be treated．Never use bad language．
● Remember — not everything you read on the Internet is true．
阅读上面短文然后从各题所给的四个选项中选择正确的一项。
( ) 1．If you want a true friend on the Internet，you can．
A．tell the people what your name is
B．meet the people online alone
C．write an email about yourself
D．get your parent's permission
( ) 2．It's good for children to on the Internet．
A．give password to others
B．get useful knowledge and information
C．give out a credit card number
D．go into a chat room as they'd like to
( ) 3．The underlined phrase "leak out" in the third paragraph may mean "．"
A．give away
B．leave out
C．give out
D．put away
( ) 4．If your parents don't agree，never．
A．read anything on the Internet
B．relax in your free time
C．have a face-to-face meeting with anyone you met online
D．treat other people as you'd like to be treated
( ) 5．This passage is mainly about "________"．
A．How to use Computers
B．Surfing on the Internet
C．Information on the Internet
D．Internet Safety Rules
解析
1．D 根据文中的第六条规定“Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet...”可知如果你想通过网络交朋友，与朋友见面，首先要经过父母的许可，故正确答案为 D。
2．B 根据文中第二条、第三条和第五条规定的内容，可以判断出 ACD 三项是错误的，通过网络获取有用的知识和信息是对孩子有利的，故正确答案为 B。
3．C 根据前半句“don't give your password to anyone else”可以猜测出 leak out 是“泄露”的意思，下面四个选项中 give out 与其意思相符，所以正确答案为 C。
4．C 根据文中第六条规定内容可以判断出，如果父母不同意，千万不要与网友见面，故 C 项正确。
5．D 根据第一段最后一句“Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet．”可知这篇文章主要讲述的是网络安全条例。故正确答案为 D。
话题专练
一
Over the years gardening has become a pleasant entertainment．For many people in the world，young and old，gardening is something they love．They enjoy making a perfect garden as well as getting their hands dirty while doing it．So why has it become millions of people's favorite thing to do
For many of us gardening is a good way to relax．Planting new flowers and vegetables along with many other gardening things allows you to keep active．It gives a pleasant garden for your home，so that you and others can enjoy your work together．
A well kept garden can bring joy to your life．It's a great place to spend sunny afternoons．
With a cup of tea in one hand you can enjoy the relaxing sound of garden water nearby．How wonderful it is! As the sun slowly sets in the sky，you can enjoy the sunlight．What are you feeling It's so perfect!
It is true that gardening can take time and you need to work all year round，but putting time into it as a hobby will give you unusual results，and this is why many people enjoy gardening．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．This passage mainly tells us ________．
A．a well kept garden can bring joy and sadness to your life
B．gardening can take up time and you need to work all year round
C．why many people like gardening so much
D．why so many people enjoy the relaxing sound of garden water
( ) 2．What is a good way to relax for many of us according to the passage
A．Walking． B．Sleeping． C．Exercising． D．Gardening．
( ) 3．Where is a great place to spend sunny afternoons according to this passage
A．Garden．
B．Park．
C．Field．
D．Home with garden．
( ) 4．What do usually people plant in the garden
A．Flowers． B．Vegetables． C．Grasses． D．All of above．
( ) 5．The best title for this passage might be "________"．
A．Enjoy Your Hobby
B．Gardening，My Favorite
C．What Is Gardening
D．A Good Place to Spend Time
答案：
1．C 通读全文可知，本文主要阐述了人们为什么喜欢园艺。
2．D 根据文章第二段内容可知，园艺成了人们休闲放松的一种好方式。
3．A 根据短文内容可知，人们打发下午美好时光的最佳场所就是花园。
4．D 人们通常在花园里种花、种菜、植草等，所以选 D。
5．B 根据文章内容可以确定，园艺是我的最爱，即选 B。
二
One afternoon Mrs．Green's husband wanted to catch the 3:30 flight to London to have an important meeting．She was very surprised when he telephoned her at 5 o'clock and said that he was still at the airport．
"What happened to you " asked Mrs．Green．
"Well，" said Mr．Green，"Everything was going fine．I got my ticket，checked my luggage and waited in line at the gate．I walked across the runway to the airplane and I saw my friend Jack Scott，who was an airplane engineer．I shouted to him and a policeman caught me．"
"Why did he catch you "
"I don't know，" said Mr．Green，"As soon as he heard my shout，he ran towards me and caught me．"
"What did you shout to your friend "
"All I said was 'Hi，Jack"．You know that's the usual way we say hello to our friends．"
"But you don't know the sentence 'Hi，Jack' also means to take control of a plane by force(武力)．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．How did Mr．Green want to go to London ________．
A．By train
B．By bus
C．By ship
D．By airplane
( ) 2．Why was Mrs．Green surprised ________．
A．Because her husband didn't arrived the airport in time
B．Because her husband didn't want to go to London
C．Because her husband was still at the airport at 5 o'clock
D．Because her husband's friend didn't let him go
( ) 3．When did Mr．Green get to the airport that afternoon ________．
A．After 3:30
B．Before 3:30
C．At about 5:00
D．After 5:00
( ) 4．What was Jack Scott in the passage ________．
A．He was a pilot
B．He was a policeman at the airport
C．He was a passenger
D．He was an engineer
( ) 5．According to the passage we know ________．
A．The policemen mistook what Mr．Green said
B．Mr．Green would take control of a plane by force
C．Jack Scott asked Mr．Green not to fly to London
D．Mr．Green was an engineer
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段内容可知，Mr.Green 是乘飞机去 London。
2．C 根据 Mr.Green 的答语可知，他还在飞机场，所以 Mrs.Green 感到惊奇。
3．B 根据第一段的内容可知，他是 3:30 的班机，所以 3:30 之前他会到达飞机场。
4．D 根据第三段的内容可知，Jack Scott 是一名工程师。
5．A 根据短文内容可知，警察误解了 Mr.Green 的话。
三
Peter was an English boy．His hobby was collecting stamps．He had stamps from many countries．Peter's favorite stamps came from France．He had every French edition(版本) from 1960 to 2006 except a 1974 special edition stamp．It was very hard to find．He looked for it everywhere — even in stores，at street markets and on the Internet．He asked his friends and relatives to help him．But nobody could find the stamp．It made Peter very sad．
"Don't worry．Please have patience(耐心)，" his father said to him．"You'll find it one day．"
"I hope so，" Peter said．
Peter also liked making friends．He had a pen friend named Victor who was in France．They wrote to each other every month．Victor knew Peter liked collecting stamps．One day Victor's mother Laura gave him an old French stamp．It was a big，green one．He used it to post a letter to Peter．
As soon as Peter received the letter，he looked carefully at the stamp．He was very amazed to see that it was the 1974 special edition stamp．Peter was so happy! He told the good news to his sister and his parents．
"You see，" his father said．"You did found the stamp in the end．So you know，it's good to have two things in life．"
"What are they " Peter asked．
"Friends and patience!" his father answered．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Peter's favorite stamps came from ________．
A．China B．England C．France D．Germany
( ) 2．When Peter couldn't find the 1974 special edition stamp，he felt _______．
A．unhappy B．happy C．worried D．excited
( ) 3．Peter's pen friend was ________．
A．Phillip B．Victor C．Thomas D．Laura
( ) 4．The color of the 1974 special edition stamp was _______．
A．blue B．red C．brown D．green
( ) 5．Peter's father thought it good to have _______ in life．
A．money and time
B．books and food
C．friends and patience
D．beautiful clothes and wine
答案：
1．C 根据“Peter's favorite stamps came from France．”可以确定。
2．A 根据第一段最后一句内容可知，Tom 很难过，所以选 unhappy。
3．B 根据“He had a pen friend named Victor who was in France．”可确定选 B。
4．D 根据“It was a big，green one．”可以确定选 green。
5．C 根据 Tom 父亲的答语可知，是朋友和耐心。
四
We are a family of collectors．When you come into our house，you can see many collections．You can see collections of seashells，baskets，shadow boxes，books and many others．
Last year，Lauren was happy when our neighbors started a bug(小虫) collection．She was happy to describe each new bug to me．She noted its color，size and shape，whether it had wings or a sting(刺)，and whether it was poisonous(有毒的) or not．I suggested that she should start her own bug collection．
A few minutes later she came to me and handed me a small piece of paper that was a little dirty．"Can you keep this for me please " she said．I took the paper，threw it at the corner of the kitchen and forgot about it until I was cleaning up for dinner．I decided to throw it away，Lauren came looking for it．
"I threw it into the garbage can，" I told her．She got very angry and began to look for it and then took it out．"I thought it was trash(垃圾)，" I said in a low voice．"That's for my bug collection，" she said angrily．
"Your bug collection " I asked．"A dirty piece of paper "
"That's not dirty，Mom．"
"Well，what is it "
"An ant．"
I looked at it more closely．"An ant " I asked．
"Well，it used to be，" she said．
根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．Lauren is the writer's daughter．
( ) 2．The story mainly tells us about the writer's hobby．
( ) 3．The writer doesn't know an ant．
( ) 4．Lauren used the dirty paper to hold an ant．But the writer didn't know it．
( ) 5．In the end the writer probably apologized to Lauren．
答案：
1．T 根据二人对话内容可知，Lauren 是作者的女儿。
2．F 这个故事主要告诉我们作者女儿的爱好，所以是错误的。
3．F 根据文章内容可知，作者没有注意 Lauren 递给他的纸，并不是不认识蚂蚁，所以是错误的。
4．T 根据短文内容可知，Lauren 收集使用的是脏纸，作者并不知道，所以才有后来的事情发生，所以是正确的。
5．T 根据对话内容可以推测出，Lauren 的妈妈可能会向她道歉的。
五
Audio digital books are becoming more and more popular these years．One of the reasons for this is that audio digital books can be "read" in many places comfortably．
The first favorite place of many people is in bed，before going to sleep．Many people like to just lie in bed in the dark before they fall asleep at night．This would be the perfect time to listen to an audio digital book．If you read an ordinary book，the lights have to be turned on and you have to turn the pages with your hand．An audio book can just be listened to while a person stays comfortably in bed．
The next favorite place of many to listen to audio digital books would be in the kitchen．For some people kitchen chores are boring．Audio digital books provide good entertainment，and people don't need to turn pages．
An audio digital book is a favorite while a person is gardening．They can help take a person's mind off job at hand．It can be fun and exciting to do gardening with the help of these books．
An audio digital book is a favorite while a person is exercising．It allows the mind to be free while the legs，body and arms are kept busy．This would be a great place to listen to these books．
Note：audio digital book 有声图书
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Why are Audio digital books becoming more and more popular these years
A．They are good．
B．They are useful．
C．They are convenient．
D．They are the newest．
( ) 2．The second paragraph mainly tells us that ________．
A．the first favorite place for people to listen to audio digital books is in bed
B．one should lie in bed in the dark before falling asleep
C．an ordinary book can not be listened to
D．you have to keep the light on while reading ordinary books
( ) 3．Why do people like "reading" Audio digital books in the kitchen
A．Because they like reading books．
B．Because kitchen chores are boring．
C．Because they needn't to turn pages．
D．Because audio digital books provide good entertainment．
( ) 4．What is his favorite choice when a person is exercising according to the passage
A．"Reading" audio digital books．
B．Singing．
C．Listening to music．
D．Reading newspapers．
( ) 5．What is this passage mainly about
A．What is an audio digital book
B．How many kinds of audio digital books are there
C．Why are audio digital books so popular
D．Where do people like to "read" audio digital books
答案：
1．C 根据短文第一段的内容可知，有声图书用起来很方便，所以选 C。
2．A 通读第二段的内容可知，主要是讲有声图书是适合休息前躺在床上“读的”书籍。
3．D 根据第三段的内容可知，人们在厨房做家务是很枯燥乏味的，所以“读”有声图书是较好的选择，可以给人们提供良好的环境，所以选 D。
4．A 根据最后一段的内容可知，当人们锻炼身体时有声图书是人们最好的选择。
5．D 通读全文可知，本文主要是谈论有声图书都适合在哪些地方看的问题。
六
I like watching TV very much；for I think it has many advantages．First of all，watching TV is a good rest．After a day's hard work，we need a good rest．Watching TV can make us not tired any more because of the pleasant music and TV plays．
Besides，watching TV is entertaining．There are many kinds of entertainments，such as sports activities，singing and dancing concerts，plays and films all over the world at any time．It's not possible for us to go to every place to enjoy all the activities within a short time．We need over ten hours to fly from New York to Pairs，a week by train from Beijing to Moscow and all hour drive from Queens District to Manhattan District．But within just one second，TV can bring us from an NBA game in New York to a fashion show in Pairs by changing the channels．
Most importantly，watching TV is educational．Our children can learn different kinds of subjects though the educational programme and the special reports on TV and it's easy for them to learn Chinese from a Chinese teacher in Beijing and to learn Russian lessons from a Russian teacher in Moscow．We can even learn how to behave(表现) well from the TV plays，meanwhile，a teacher can teach millions of students without a huge classroom．
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．According to the writer what is the most important reason for watching TV
A．We can enjoy ourselves．
B．Watching TV is a good rest．
C．We can see whatever we like．
D．We can learn something useful．
( ) 2．The underlined word "entertaining" means ________．
A．有意义的 B．娱乐的 C．输入端的 D．欣赏
( ) 3．In the second paragraph the writer wants to show ________．
A．TV station sends programme quickly
B．TV brings different parts of the world before us
C．how to go to different places and enjoy ourselves
D．how long it will take to drive to different places
( ) 4．From the last paragraph we can infer(推断) our children can ________ through TV programme．
A．learn a foreign language
B．learn a lot
C．enjoy many TV plays
D．know a new teacher from MOSCOW
( ) 5．The best title for the passage is ________．
A．The Advantages of Watching TV
B．TV Brings Good Rest
C．Today's TV Programme
D．How to Use TV in Schools
答案：
1．D 根据文章最后一段的内容可知，看电视的最主要的原因是它的教育性，即选 D。
2．B 根据第一段的内容可知，是谈论它的娱乐性，又因 entertainment“娱乐”可以确定 entertaining 是“娱乐性”。
3．B 根据第二段内容可知，是有关介绍电视在短时间内可以展示世界各地的事情。
4．B 根据最后一段的内容可知是讲电视的教育性，所以可以推断出我们的孩子通过电视可以学到很多知识。
5．A 根据文意可以看出文章主要是讲看电视的益处，所以题目可以确定为 The Advantages of Watching TV，即选 A。
七
What's the coolest kind of transportation(交通方式) for middle school students back from winter vacation
A racing bike A car No，it's a special kind of shoes called Heelys．
Heelys looks just like ordinary sports shoes，but they have a wheel(轮子) in the heel(鞋跟)．
So instead of walking，kids can "fly around in them．"
"Wearing Heelys is fun and cool，" said Geng Lie，a 15-year-old boy who wore them on his first day back at Beijing's 101 Middle School．
Geng said he loves the shoes so much that he wears them wherever he goes．Sometimes he even follows his parents' car to the supermarket on his Heelys!
Other students think these are very cool，but some haven't been so lucky with their Heelys．
There have been reports of children falling down while using the shoes，and some have been hurt．
"Heelys wheels are on the heels of the shoes，so it's easy to fall，" said Liu Rui，a doctor at the Red Cross hospital，Beijing．
Even worse，Liu said．"wearing Heelys for a long time could stop young people from developing their ankles(脚踝) and legs．"
根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What do we know about Heelys
A．They can fly．
B．They have a wheel in the heel．
C．They can take you everywhere．
D．They are very cheap．
( ) 2．The Heelys are very popular among the kids because ________．
A．they make walking much easier
B．wearing them is cool and fun
C．they are fast
D．they are comfortable to wear
( ) 3．The doctor thinks that wearing Heelys ________．
A．helps walking faster
B．keeps kids following the cars
C．does harm to the kids' body growing
D．needs great care
( ) 4．We can infer(判断) from the passage that ________．
A．walking on the Heelys needs skills
B．walking on the Heelys is a kind of sports
C．all the kids on Heelys are lucky
D．Heelys can only be worn in winter
( ) 5．The best title for the passage is ________．
A．Walking on New Wheels
B．The Fastest Transportation
C．Flying Around
D．Dangerous Shoe
答案：
1．B 根据第三段可知，Heelys 外表像普通运动鞋，但鞋后跟处有轮子。穿上它感觉像飞，是否可以去往各个地方以及价格问题，短文并未提及。
2．B 根据第四段内容可知，穿 Heelys 很酷，所以能流行起来。
3．C 根据文章最后一段中医生的话可知穿 Heelys 不利于身体的成长。
4．A 根据文章中倒数第二段内容可知穿 Heelys 有时会摔倒，说明需要技巧。第一段中提到 Heelys 是种交通方式，不是一项运动；第三段讲到“有人穿 Heelys 就没那么幸运。”是否 Heelys 只能在冬季穿，短文没有涉及，所以选 A。
5．A 根据短文内容可知主要讲述了中学生中流行的 Heelys 及利弊。
八
People say that eyes are the window of the heart．1．________ Eyes contact is necessary in our daily lives．It helps us communicate with people more easily，especially with strangers．
Studies have shown that when a person is enjoying an interesting conversation，his eyes don't always stay on his partner's face．2．________ Then his eyes move down to the partner's nose or lips，and then back up to the eyes again．Sometimes，he looks down at nearby things for a while，and then back up to the eyes．So，if you want to show that you're interested in what a person is saying，you should make eye contact with him often．3．________ At the same time，you should avoid(避免) looking up and to the right，because it's a common sign of being tired．Also you should avoid "crocodile(鳄鱼) tears"，even thought you want to be thought to be honest．4．_________．
根据短文内容，从下面的 A、B、C、D 选项中，选出恰当的一项还原到文章中合适的位置，使文章内容完整且符合逻辑，最后回答第 5 题。
A．Instead，he looks into the partner's eyes for two or three minutes．
B．So you should make eye contact correctly and sincerely．
C．However，remember that an unblinking stare(盯着看) is impolite．
D．We can know much about people by looking into their eyes．
5．Which of the following could be the best title for the passage
A．How to Make Eye Contact
B．Seeing Believes
C．The Window of the Heart
答案：
1．D 根据前后句子之间的关系，可以看出，眼睛是心灵的窗户，所以从人们的眼睛中可以了解到他们，因此选 D。
2．A 根据前句可以知道，当一个人处在一个愉快的谈话环境中，他的眼睛总是盯着别人的眼睛；又因后句是接着把目光挪到别人的鼻子和嘴唇，所以应填承前启后的一个句子，即 Instead，he looks into the partner's eyes for two or three minutes．
3．C 有上句可知，如果你想向别人表示你对别人的谈话感兴趣，要多注意他的眼睛，当然，不能死盯着别人看，那是不礼貌的，所以选 C。
4．B 根据文章的内容可知，应该填一总结性的句子，所以选择 So you should make eye contact correctly and sincerely．
5．A 根据文意可知，是告诉我们怎样合理把握眼光接触，所以选 A。
九
Ayumi lived with her mother when she was a kid．She couldn't remember her father because he left the family when the girl was five and never came back．Ayumi's mother gave her much freedom to do whatever she liked，because the mother was always at work．
Ayumi was a model when she was young．After graduating from junior high school，she left home to take entrance exams to an art school in Tokyo with her friends，but to her surprise，she was the only one that failed．
After that，when someone offered her a chance to be a singer，Ayumi refused，(1) 因为她认为自己不擅长唱歌。But later，she changed her mind — she couldn't find any other jobs．
Her first song came out in 1998 and soon attracted attention．Her first albums(唱片) A Song for ×× came out in 1999 and quickly sold over one million copies．(2) Each of her albums has sold very well since then．She has become "the Queen of Pop" in Japan．
根据短文内容回答下列问题。
1．Why did Ayumi's mother give her much freedom
________________________________________________
2．What result did Ayumi get in her entrance exams to an art school in Tokyo
________________________________________________
3．把文章(1)处的汉语句子根据上下文翻译成英语。
________________________________________________
4．What's the name of Ayumi's first album
________________________________________________
5．把文章(2)处的英语句子根据上下文翻译成汉语。
________________________________________________
答案：
1．Because Ayumi's mother was always at work．根据第一段内容可知，Ayumi 的妈妈忙于工作，无暇顾及 Ayumi 的生活，所以她很自由。
2．She was the only one that failed．根据第二段内容可知，Ayumi 没有考进艺术院校。
3．because she thought she wasn't good at singing．翻译时要注意时态。
4．A Song for X X 在最后一段中找到答案。
5．自那以后她的每一个专辑都销售得很好。Topic Ten Travel and Transport 旅游与交通
话说中考
该话题是中考中较为关注的命题之一，其题型不拘泥于记叙、议论等体裁，体现当代英语特点：紧跟时代步伐，体现时代信息；题目简洁明晰；选项表意清楚，逻辑合理。这就要求做题时，注意文中提供的有用信息，整体把握文中内容。
解题思路：熟悉题型，筛选有用信息，进行推理与归纳。
走进中考(山东潍坊·2010)
Expo 2010 is held in Shanghai from May 1 to October 31．People all over the world are looking forward to it．Here are several golden rules on how to best plan your trip．
Rule 1：Do your homework
Read everything you can before going．Really study the maps．Know the pavilions．Arrive at the entrance nearest to the things you want to see．Have a plan．It will make a big difference．
Rule 2：Allow plenty of time
Expo 2010 is the largest attraction event in the history of the world．It will take many days to see it．Plan to spend from five to eight days or more seeing it．
Rule 3：Pace yourself
Expo is enormous．The distances are punishing．It is better to spend a day seeing a single area than to run back and forth all over the site．Remember to wear the most comfortable shoes．Never mind what they look like．
Rule 4：Get going in May
At many Expos the crowds are smaller in May and in early June than any other time．And beware the last two weeks．During every Expo，people delay their visits and then in early October they suddenly realize，"Expo will close soon! I haven't seen it!" As a result，the last several weeks usually have the most crowded days of the entire Expo．
Rule 5：Find out what everyone else is doing and do the opposite
If you don't like large crowds and long lines，do the opposite．Here is an example：Most people go on Saturdays or on holidays．So avoid Saturdays and holidays．Go on weekdays when most people are at work．
Rule 6：Turn up
Expo 2010 is the largest celebration in China's history — an amazing once in a lifetime event．When it is gone and it will never be seen again．So whatever you do，don't miss it!
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．Expo 2010 will last _______．
A．five to eight days
B．several weeks
C．six months
D．a year
( ) 2．According to Rule 4，you'd better not go to Expo on _______．
A．May 3
B．July 5
C．September 16
D．October 20
( ) 3．When there are lots of people waiting in line to see the most popular attractions，what's your best choice
A．I'll wait in line as other people do．
B．I'll go back and return tomorrow．
C．I'll visit the less crowded places instead．
D．I'll sit on a bench to have a rest for about two or three hours．
( ) 4．In Rule 6 "turn up" here means _______．
A．don't miss it
B．come and see
C．make the sound louder
D．never be seen again
解析
1．C 根据“Expo 2010 is held in Shanghai from May 1 to October 31．”可知世博会历时 6 个月，故正确答案为 C。
2．D 根据 Rule 4 的内容可知如果在十月的最后几周去世博会是比较拥挤的，故正确答案为 D。
3．C 根据 Rule 5 的内容可以推测出 C 项是最好的选择。
4．B 根据 Rule 6 的内容我们可以推断出，turn up 在此意为“到场”，故 B 项比较正确。
话题专练
一
Welcome to our 9-day traveling program．We'll provide you with a wonderful traveling experience in China．
Day 1 —_Arrive in Beijing
Arrive in Beijing，meet your tour guide and check in at the hotel．
Day 2 — Beijing
Begin the day with a visit to Tian'anmen Square — one of the world's largest city squares．Then move on to the Palace Museum，a symbol of traditional China．
Day 3 — Beijing
Visit the Summer Palace，one of China's largest and best-kept imperial gardens．
Day 4 — Beijing
Visit the Great Wall，a symbol of Chinese culture．
Day 5 — Beijing — Xi'an
After breakfast，take a walk through some old "hutongs"，a kind of ancient city street．Fly to Xi'an and check in at the hotel．
Climb the old City Walls in the afternoon．
Day 6 — Xi'an
Visit the 2200-year-old Terracotta Warriors of China's first emperor，Qin Shihuang．
Day 7 — Xi'an — Shanghai
Fly to Shanghai．Visit the beautiful "Waitan"．There are many beautiful old buildings in the style of early 20th century Europe．
Day 8 — Shanghai
Visit Shanghai Museum in the morning，a leading city attraction since its opening in 1994．
Do some shopping in the afternoon along the Bund，the famous business area of Shanghai．
Enjoy a farewell dinner at the hotel．
Day 9 — Return home
Go to the airport and take the plane to return home．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．If your family take part in the program，what are you going to do on the first day
A．Arrive in Beijing．
B．Meet our tour guide．
C．Check in at the hotel．
D．All of the above．
( ) 2．How many days will you stay in Beijing
A．Three．
B．Four．
C．Four and a half
D．Six．
( ) 3．Where will you visit in Xi'an
A．The Bund．
B．The Terracotta Warriors of the first emperor，Qin Shihuang．
C．The Great Wall．
D．The Palace Museum．
( ) 4．Where will you leave for on the seventh day
A．Shanghai．
B．Beijing．
C．Xi'an．
D．Home．
( ) 5．Where will you enjoy a farewell dinner
A．Beijing．
B．Xi'an．
C．Shanghai．
D．I don't know．
答案：
1．D 根据文中对第一天行程的安排可知，应是到北京、见导游并且登记住处，所以选 D。
2．C 根据文章内容可知，安排在北京共待四天半，所以选 C。
3．B 根据第六天的行程安排可知，应是在西安参观秦始皇兵马俑，即选 B。
4．A 根据第七天的行程“飞赴上海”可知，即选 A。
5．C 根据第八天的行程安排可以确定在上海举办告别晚餐，所以选 C。
二
Finland isn't on the North Pole and isn't always covered by snow．Finland is actually covered by forests and lakes．There are plenty of reindeer in the forest and it has a wonderful tradition of making wooden toys，so maybe Santa Claus keeps a factory in Finland．In summer，kids can enjoy long，long days that never end — the nights never really get dark．
The following are some interesting things to do in Helsinki，the capital of Finland．
Market Square
Start your visit at the open-air market at Market Square on the South Harbor．In summer，you can watch people selling fish and potatoes from their boats，eat a bag of fresh strawberries，or a sandwich from the Old Market Hall and sit out on the stone dock(码头) to watch the boats coming and going．
Take a boat ride
From the Market Square，there are four or five possible boat rides．You can take a boat to travel around the islands of Helsinki．Or，you can take a waterbus to Helsinki Zoo．
Seurasaari
Seurasaari is only minutes from the center of Helsinki．Once you cross the bridge to the island，you'll find yourself in 18th and 19th century Finland．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What is Finland actually covered
A．Snow．
B．Forests．
C．Water．
D．Forests and lakes．
( ) 2．The underlined word "reindeer" probably is _______．
A．a kind of traffic sign
B．a kind of animal
C．a kind of present
D．a part of the house
( ) 3．The capital of Finland is _______．
A．Helsinki B．Seurasaari C．Turku D．New York
( ) 4．How can you go to Helsinki Zoo from the Market Square
A．By bus．
B．By boat．
C．By waterbus．
D．On foot．
( ) 5．Which of the following is NOT right
A．Finland is on the North Pole．
B．There are lots of lakes in Finland．
C．In summer，Finland has many days that never end．
D．In Seurasaari，you'll find yourself in 18th and 19th century Finland．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第二句内容可知，芬兰并不是常年被雪覆盖，而是被大面积的森林和湖泊覆盖，即选 D。
2．B 根据上下文可确定该词是指一种动物，即选 B。
3．A 根据短文的第二段可知，芬兰的首都是赫尔辛基，即选 A。
4．C 根据短文倒数第二段内容可知，从 the Market Square 到 Helsinki Zoo 可以乘坐水上公共汽车，所以选 C。
5．A 根据短文内容可知，A 项明显错误，而且 Finland 不在北极，有很多湖泊，夏季有很长时间没有黑夜；由最后一段内容确定在 Seurasaari 使人有种身处 19 世纪和 20 世纪的芬兰的感觉。所以选 A。
三
Before roads needed traffic lights，railways had used signals(信号) to control train traffic．In early days，these signals included a ball and something that looked like a kite．When the kite was on top，it meant danger；when the ball was raised，it was safe．
In 1841，a developed railway signal was used at the London station．It included a signal arm in the horizontal(水平的) position which meant "stop"．The signal was painted red so that it was easy to see and could attract the drivers' attention．
At night，oil lights were added on the top．A red light meant "stop" and a white light meant the drivers could go on．
In January 1876，a train knocked on another train running ahead on the same roads，because the signals were not clear enough．13 people were killed in the accident and the others were badly hurt．
Then people changed the signal．The signal for "stop" became a red light and a yellow light was added to tell the drivers to drive carefully．In 1893，a green light took the place of the white light，because the white light was often mistaken for a street or house light．
Since railway signals were introduced，city officials(官员) decided to try them out on the roads of London．
阅读短文，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．In early days，what did people use to control train traffic
A．A ball．
B．Something that looked like a kite．
C．Lights．
D．A and B．
( ) 2．What did a white light mean in 1842
A．The drivers must stop．
B．The drivers could go on．
C．It could attract the drivers' attention．
D．It was dangerous．
( ) 3．What happened in 1876
A．There were 31 people killed in an accident．
B．There were few people hurt in an accident．
C．A train knocked on another train．
D．City officials decided to try three colors of lights out on the roads．
( ) 4．The passage mainly tells us _______．
A．the development of railway signals
B．the signals used to control train traffic
C．how train accidents happened
D．the different colors of traffic lights
( ) 5．The best title for this passage is "_______"．
A．Colorful Traffic Lights
B．The Problems of Traffic Signals
C．Road Signals
D．Railway Signals
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段内容可知，在信号灯出现之前人们用球和像风筝一样的东西来代表安全和危险，所以选 D。
2．B 根据短文中第三段的内容可知，红灯表示“停”，白灯表示“行”，所以选 B。
3．C 根据短文中第四段的内容可知，由于信号未清楚显示，发生了一起撞车事件，死 13 人，其他人受重伤，所以确定选 C。
4．A 通读全文可知，主要是讲铁路信号的发展史，所以选 A。
5．D 根据全文内容，又结合第四题的信息可知，本文最好的题目为“铁路信号”。
四
Every year，nearly a million children in the world die because of unintentional injuries(意外伤害)，and the biggest killer is the traffic accident，according to a report from the Worldwide Wealth Organization．
The report says that traffic accidents，falling into water，fires，falls，and poisoning(中毒) are the five major causes of unintentional injuries．About 830000 children under 18 die and millions of children are injured every year．
The World Health Organization finds that roads are the most dangerous places for children，especially in developing countries．Because children in these countries haven't learned about the dangers of road traffic，they are often not ready for the new roads that might be built through their villages．
In Asia，deaths are most often caused by bikes．It is usual to see a whole family on one bike in counties such as Vietnam．When they are knocked over，they will be badly injured and some may even die．
In the United States and other Western countries，injuries from road traffic accidents have been cut down through the use of safety seats for children and other safety measures．However，traffic accidents are still a major cause of deadly(致命的) injuries．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．How many children die from unintentional injuries in the world every year
A．Nearly a thousand．
B．A hundred．
C．A million．
D．About a million．
( ) 2．How many kinds of unintentional injuries do we learn from the passage
A．3． B．4． C．5． D．6．
( ) 3．Where are the most dangerous places according to the passage
A．Roads． B．Rivers． C．Houses． D．Bikes．
( ) 4．From the last paragraph we can learn that _______．
A．there are no traffic accidents in the United States
B．traffic is a major cause of injuries in the United States
C．there are ways to cut the number of traffic accidents
D．people can only be injured by traffic accidents
( ) 5．The passage mainly tells us that _______．
A．fires are more dangerous than falls and falling into water
B．many children die from unintentional injuries every year
C．developing countries have more traffic accidents
D．unintentional injuries happen only in developing countries
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可知，每年有近一百万儿童死于意外伤害，所以答案是 D。
2．C 根据短文中第二段的内容可以确定，意外伤害主要有五大主要起因，所以选 C。
3．A 根据短文第三段的内容可知，死亡原因主要是交通事故，所以选择 Roads。
4．C 最后一段主要是告诉我们美国采取方法减少交通事故的发生，所以选 C。
5．B 通读全文可知，主要讲述了每年都有大量的儿童死于意外伤害，所以选 B。
五
Jumeirah and A1 Sofouh roads will be closed on Friday during the Dubai Marathon 2009．
A1 Mazroui，director of Dubai Police's Traffic Department，told reporters that the traffic police would keep the two roads safe from the beginning to the end in the afternoon．
A1 Mazroui said that the two roads would be closed in both directions，and the traffic police would be at every part of the marathon course besides 15 police patrols(巡逻队)．
Besides，on that day more than 150 people will be working in the Traffic Department and Dubai Police's Department would be on call．
A1 Mazroui said all traffic would be turned to A1 Wasl，A1 Khail and Shaikh Zayed Roads．
Hussain A1 Banna，another Traffic Department director，added that the road would also be closed from 6 am to 10 am from Westin Hotel right up to Union House．
"The Transport Department will change the traffic lights on A1 Wasl Road to prevent traffic jams that might be caused by the traffic change，" he said．"Fortunately，there won't be too many cars on the roads that day because it is a holiday．"
A1 Banna said the closed roads would be opened one by one after the athletes passed each point．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The director of Dubai Police's Traffic Department is _______．
A．A1 Mazroui．
B．A1 Wasl．
C．A1 Khail．
D．Hussain A1 Banna．
( ) 2．The underlined phrase "on call" probably means "________．"
A．号召 B．给某人打电话 C．待命 D．接待
( ) 3．During the Dubai Marathon 2009，all the traffic in Dubai would not be turned to _______．
A．A1 Wasl
B．A1 Khail
C．Shaikh Zayed Roads
D．Jumeirah
( ) 4．Hussain A1 Banna said that the road would be closed from _______ to Union House．
A．A1 Mazroui
B．Westin Hotel
C．A1 Sofouh
D．A1 Wasl Road
( ) 5．What is the topic of this article
A．Traffic changes．
B．A marathon．
C．Dubai Police．
D．Traffic in 2009．
答案：
1．A 根据短文第二段第一句内容可知，A1 Mazroui 是迪拜交通警察部的部长。
2．C 根据句意可以猜测出“待命”之意，即选 C。
3．D 根据“...turned to A1 Wasl，A1 Khail and Shaikh Zayed Roads．”可以确定答案选 D。
4．B 根据 Hussain A1 Banna 说的话容易确定答案。
5．A 根据短文内容可知，主要是讲在迪拜马拉松期间如何调整交通的，所以选 A。
六
Every year，many people travel in the Philippines．Maybe you are planning to go there．To help you make your decision，here are some great places to consider：
Boracay
Boracay is known for its fine white sand and clear blue water．As one of the most beautiful beaches in the world，Boracay attracts a lot of tourists during summer．This place is a must for young people．So if you are out to have a good time and meet new people，Boracay is just the place for you．
Camiguin
Camiguin is another choice if you like the beach．But unlike Boracay，you'd be able to enjoy some peace and quiet here．The place also has hot springs and some active volcanoes．Camiguin takes its name from one of the area's volcanoes．
Palawan
Palawan is one of the best beaches in the country．You can enjoy and experience the beauty of Mother Earth here．Enjoy amazing clear blue water，amazing rock and the best dive sites．
Baguio
Most people come to Baguio in summer．The cool wind，the green mountains and the peace and quiet of Baguio are welcoming you to visit．You could also enjoy one of its gardens and visit many of Baguio's attractions．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．If you want to meet your new friend，you should go to ________．
A．Boracay B．Camiguin C．Palawan D．Baguio
( ) 2．Where is the name of Camiguin from
A．Beautiful beaches．
B．Hot springs．
C．Area．
D．One of the area's volcanoes．
( ) 3．If you go to Palawan，you can see ________．
A．hot springs
B．some active volcanoes
C．gardens
D．the beauty of the nature
( ) 4．If you want to dive，you call go to _______．
A．Baguio B．Palawan C．Camiguin D．Boracay
( ) 5．The passage mainly tells us ________．
A．that the Philippines has many travel areas
B．about some of the best places to go in the Philippines
C．that the Philippines is a place with many beautiful beaches
D．about the weather in the Philippines
答案：
1．A 根据短文中对 Boracay 的介绍的最后一句，可以确定答案。
2．D 根据对 Camiguin 的介绍，可以确定名字是来自一处火山的名字。
3．D 由对 Palawan 的介绍可知，在这个地方能欣赏到好的自然风光。
4．B 根据对 Palawan 的介绍中“Enjoy... and the best dive sites．”可知，可以在这儿潜水，即选 B。
5．B 根据整篇短文内容可以确定主要是介绍菲律宾的几大游览胜地，所以选 B。
七
Every year thousands of people get hurt or die when they are crossing the road．Most of these people are old people and children．Old people often get hurt or die because they can't see or hear very well．Children usually meet with accidents because of their carelessness．They forget to look and listen before they cross the road．
How can we lessen(减少) traffic accidents All of us must obey the traffic rules．For the drivers，they shouldn't drive too fast．If they drive too fast，it will be very difficult to stop the cars in a very short time．For the pedestrians(行人)，it's very important to be careful when they are walking on the road．Therefore，when we walk across the road，we must try to walk along the pavements．We must stop and look both ways before crossing the road．Look left first，next look right，then look left again．Only when we are sure that the road is clear，we can cross it．The right way to cross the road is to walk quickly．It's not safe to run．If people run across the road，they may fall down．Teens should try to help children，old people or blind people to cross the road，and never play in the street．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Which of the following is the wrong way to cross the road
A．Stop and look both ways．
B．Run quickly．
C．Make sure that the road is clear．
D．Walk quickly．
( ) 2．Why do most old people often get hurt or die when they are crossing the road
A．Because they are not careful．
B．Because they forget to look and listen．
C．Because they can't see or hear very well．
D．Because they often run across the road．
( ) 3．The underlined word "pavements" in the passage means "________"．
A．楼梯 B．人行道 C．盲道 D．运动
( ) 4．As a student，you can _______ to try lessen traffic accidents．
A．let drivers drive slowly
B．play in the street carefully
C．run across the road quickly
D．help children to cross the road
( ) 5．The best title for this article may be _______．
A．How Do We Lessen Traffic Accidents
B．How Do we Cross the Road
C．Please Obey the Traffic Rules
D．Meeting with Traffic Accidents
答案：
1．B 根据短文第二段的内容可知，在过马路时要左右看，确定安全时再快步走过去，不要跑过去，所以选 B。
2．C 根据第一段中“Old people often get hurt or die because they can't see or hear very well．”可以确定答案是“他们的听力和视力不好”。
3．B 根据短文中上下句的关系可以推测该词应和道路有关，又因 when we walk across the road 可知，我们常人走的路即为人行道。
4．D 根据短文内容，我们可以确定作为学生，应该帮助他人，所以选 D。
5．B 根据短文内容可以确定主要是讲如何过马路，如何保护自己，即选 B。
八
Sunset Hotel City views Large swimming pool $110 per person a night Long Beach Hotel ● Large rooms with color TVs ● City views from every room ● Air conditioning in every room ● $120 per person a night
Holiday Land Hotel Ocean views from every room $100 per person a night Large rooms The Sands HotelBest ocean and beach views On Paradise IslandAir conditioning in every room$130 per person a night
根据表格内容，完成下列各题。
1．The cheapest hotel is _______．
2．If you want to swim，you should go to _______．
3．If your parents and you stay in Sunset Hotel a night，you will pay _______．
4．If you only have $100，you would stay in _______．
5．The best way to The Sands Hotel is _______．
答案：
1．Holiday Land Hotel 根据表格内容可知，最便宜的旅店价格是 $100．
2．Sunset Hotel 如果想去游泳，由表可知，答案是 Sunset Hotel。
3．$330．因为有三人住在 Sunset Hotel，单价为 $110，所以要付 $330。
4．Holiday Land Hotel 如果只有 $100，答案很容易确定。
5．by boat 因为 The Sands Hotel 建在 Paradise Island 上，所以最好乘坐船。
九
We all know that Taiwan is considered as the Treasure Island of China．The scenery there is very beautiful．Recently we have been connected closely each other．
Several months ago，a group of 19 Taiwanese children flew to Chengdu in order to begin a tour to study pandas．The middle school children were from Chiayi County in southwest Taiwan and were chosen because of their excellent performance at school．
During the visit，the children saw pandas up close．They were very excited to see so many pandas at the same time．The children also traveled to the Mount E'mei scenic area and met local schoolchildren．
At last，they said，"The pandas are very cute，and they are all happy．" They also said children in Chengdu are very friendly to them，and they all like there．They hoped to visit Sichuan again．
任务一：根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．Taiwan is considered as _______．
2．Why did a group of 19 Taiwanese children fly to Chengdu The aim was _______．
3．Why did the children have a good chance to Chengdu Because _______．
任务二：根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
4．What didn't they see in Sichuan
A．So many pandas．
B．The Mount E'mei scenery．
C．Some local students．
D．Jiuzhaigou scenery．
任务三：把画线部分译成汉语。
5．_____________________________________________
答案：
1．the Treasure Island of China 根据短文第一句内容可知，台湾是中国的宝岛，所以答案是 the Treasure Island of China。
2．to study pandas 根据短文第二段的内容可知，他们来成都的目的是参观学习大熊猫，即答案是 to study pandas。
3．they were excellent students 根据短文第二段的最后一句可知，原因在于他们在学校里是表现最优秀的学生，即答案是 they were excellent students。
4．D 通读全文可知，在成都孩子们看到了熊猫、峨眉山的美景和当地的学生，所以排除了九寨沟，即答案是 D。
5．在参观期间，孩子们近距离地看见了熊猫。Topic Sixteen Social Phenomena 社会万象
话说中考
在中考阅读理解中，本话题包括的题材很多，它们来自生活，来自社会，针对这些题材要求抓住关键的句子和一些与考查内容有关的问题所在，这样便于我们解题时“顺藤摸瓜”，找出问题的答案。这种题型一般是对文章理解能力的考查，抓住文章的关键句和关键词是非常重要的。
解题思路：看清题干，明确把握问题指向，带着问题读文章，避免“回视”现象，提高做题的速度，提高解题质量。
走进中考(福建莆田·2010)
In most cultures，when you meet people you know for the first time during a day，it is usual to greet them．Once a young woman from England went to Hong Kong to work．When she first arrived，she knew little about the Chinese culture of language．On her way to school one day，she went to a bank to get some money．To her surprise，the bank clerk asked her if she had had her lunch．She was surprised at such a question because in the British culture it would mean an invitation to lunch．Between unmarried young people it can also mean the young man's interest in dating the girl．Since this bank clerk was a stranger to the British woman，she was very puzzled，and quickly answered that she had eaten already．After this she went on to school and was even more surprised when one of the teachers asked her the same question．
By now she understood that it could not be an invitation but was puzzled as to why they asked it．In the following days she was asked the same question again and again and she spent many hours trying to work out why so many people kept asking her this．At last she thought that these people must be concerned about(关心) her health．She was rather thin at the time，and she thought they must be worrying that she was not eating well!
In fact the question like that has no real meaning at all — it is only a greeting．
根据短文内容，判断句子的正误，正确的在括号内写“T”，错误的写“F”。
( ) 1．The young British woman went to Hong Kong for work．
( ) 2．The British woman went to the bank to get some money．
( ) 3．The bank clerk invited the young British woman to lunch．
( ) 4．The teacher's question made the British woman happy．
( ) 5．In fact the young British woman didn't know much about Chinese culture．
解析
1．T 根据“Once a young woman from England...”可知这年轻英国妇女是来香港工作的，故此句表述是正确的。
2．T 根据“...she went to a bank to get some money．”可知此句表述是正确的。
3．F 通过本文最后一句我们可以了解到，在中国问别人“吃了吗”是表问候，而不一定是真正的想请人吃饭。故此句的错误的。
4．F 根据“After this she went on to school and was even more surprised...”可知此句表述是错误的。
5．T 根据文章内容我们知道，这位英国妇女对中国文化不是很了解，所以对“if she had had her lunch”产生困惑。
话题专练
一
Chanel，the world's oldest dog，celebrated her 21st birthday on Wednesday with a certificate(证书) from the Guinness Book of Records and a visit to a dog hotel and spa(温泉疗养地)．
Chanel was once a rescue(救援) dog in New York．At her birthday，she wore an orange sweater and red eyeglasses．Chanel has an eye disease，so she has to wear eyeglasses to protect her eyes from sunshine．
"Chanel is the Guinness world record holder for the oldest for living dogs，" said Jamie Panas，a spokeswoman for Guinness．
Shaughnessy got her pet from a shelter when the dog was six weeks old．Although Chanel could run miles in her younger days，she now suffers from joint(关节) problems and spends most of her days at home．
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．Chanel was _______ years old．
2．Chanel got a certificate from _______．
3．On Wednesday Chanel was in _______．
4．Chanel wore eyeglasses in order to _______．
5．Chanel is _______ in the world．
答案：
1．21／twenty-one 根据短文第一句内容可知，Chanel 过 21 岁生日，所以填 21／twenty-one。
2．the Guinness Book of Records 根据短文第一段中介绍可知。
3．an orange sweater and red eyeglasses 星期三是 Chanel 的生日，所以它穿的是 an orange sweater and red eyeglasses。
4．protect her eyes 根据短文第二段内容可知，Chanel 有眼疾，所以戴眼镜是为了保护视力，即答案是 protect her eyes。
5．the oldest dog 根据短文内容可知，chanel 是世界上年龄最大的狗，所以答案是 the oldest dog。
二
A high school student in southwest China who raised money for people of Wenchuan Earthquake by selling cookies and her own watercolor paintings attended the inauguration(就职典礼) of the US new President Barack Obama．
Li Zizi moved in August，2008 to Sichuan Province，which was rocked by a terrible earthquake in May．She now attends Chengdu Experimental Foreign Languages School(外国语学校)，which is close to many of the hardest-hit areas．
Her family is from Sichuan，but she was born and raised in Japan and was living there when the quake hit．
When the earthquake happened，Li baked sugar cookies to sell at her school and sold some of her watercolor paintings．She finally earned $500 to buy school supplies for children in the quake areas．Li also supports two children，one in first grade and the other in third，whose parents were forced to find work far away in order to earn money to rebuild their homes．Li provides the children with pocket money and tickets to travel to see their parents．
Because she was born and grew up abroad，Li said she has a feeling of being close to Obama，whom she called a "miracle"．"He's the perfect thing at the perfect moment for America，" she said．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Where was Li Zizi born
A．Sichuan． B．Japan． C．America． D．Chengdu．
( ) 2．Why did Li Zizi collect money in the quake
A．Because she had to raise money for finishing her studies．
B．Because she wanted to see her parents．
C．Because she must help her parents to rebuild their homes．
D．Because she wanted to help children in the quake areas．
( ) 3．the Two children lost _______ in the earthquake．
A．their parents
B．their homes
C．their schools
D．their lives．
( ) 4．What did Li give the two children by selling cookies and watercolor paintings
A．Some money．
B．Tickets．
C．Clothes．
D．A and B．
( ) 5．The underlined word "miracle" in the passage means "_______"．
A．机会 B．奇迹 C．渴望 D．理想
答案：
1．B 根据短文中第三段的内容可知，她出生在日本。
2．D 根据短文中第一、四两段内容可以确定她挣钱是为了帮助震区的孩子们。
3．B 根据短文中第四段“...，whose parents were forced to find work far away in order to earn money to rebuild their homes．”可以确定孩子在地震中失去了家园。
4．D 根据短文中第四段“Li provides the children with pocket money and tickets to travel to see their parents．”可确定答案。
5．B 根据上下文提示可以看出是“一种特别的、几乎不敢相信的事情”，即一种“奇迹”。
三
A hard-working Chinese rice farmer was supporting his children，wife and his old father．He worked long and hard each day，but still he was hardly growing enough to feed his children and wife．
One day he didn't work for the whole day．Instead，he built a small cart(手推车) out of some wood that he had．The next day he went to his old father and told him that the old man was no longer able to help the family．His old father was only eating and taking up precious resources(宝贵资源)．So the farmer loaded him into the new cart and headed up a nearby mountain．When he got to the top，he stopped and turned the cart to face down the mountain，but before he could start to roll(使……滚动) the cart，his father stopped him，saying，"Wait! Son，I can understand what you are doing，and even why you are doing it，but please save the cart．Your son will need it．"
根据短文内容，判断下面句子正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．The Chinese rice farmer didn't work hard each day．
( ) 2．He built the cart so that he could put more rice into it．
( ) 3．His father was old and he wasn't able to work for the family．
( ) 4．His father understood that his son wanted to kill him．
( ) 5．The words that the old man said to his son were educational(有教育意义的)．
答案：
1．F 根据第一段内容可知，农夫天天很努力工作，所以是 F。
2．F 根据短文中的内容可以确定，农夫做手推车不是为了装稻米，而是为了把老人送走，所以是 F。
3．T 根据短文中“His old father was only eating and taking up precious resources．”可知，老父亲没有劳动能力了，所以是 T。
4．T 根据老人对儿子说的话可以看出，他知道儿子要他死，所以答案是 T。
5．T 根据短文最后几句话可知他是教育儿子要赡养老人，所以答案是 T。
四
Eating 68 hot dogs in 10 minutes，Joey Chestnut from California beat his world championship in this year's International Hot Dog Eating Contest．
He also set a new record for this traditional contest in New York，an event which dates back to the year of 1916．
This year，much expectation was focused on Kobayashi from Japan，six times world champion between 2001 and 2006．In 2008，they shared the championship，both eating 59 hot dogs．
Also attending the contest is last year's female champion Juliet Lee，a 44-year-old former chemistry professor in China who now owns a salon in Maryland(马里兰)．Thousand of fans and tourists were attracted to this beachside event．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Joey Chestnut had _______ in 2008．
A．44 hot dogs
B．58 hot dogs
C．59 hot dogs
D．68 hot dogs
( ) 2．International Hot Dog Eating Contest began in _______．
A．1916 B．2001 C．2006 D．2008
( ) 3．Joey Chestnut comes from _______．
A．Japan B．China C．America D．England
( ) 4．What did Juliet Lee do
A．A teacher．
B．A doctor．
C．A scientist．
D．A basketball player．
( ) 5．Kobayashi won _______ times world champions from 2001 to 2008．
A．five B．six C．seven D．eight
答案：
1．C 根据短文中第三段“In 2008，they shared the championship，both eating 59 hot dogs．”可知，在 2008 年比赛中 Chestnut 吃了 59 个，和日本的 Kobayashi 并列第一。
2．A 根据短文第二段介绍可知，热狗大赛开始于 1916 年。
3．C 根据短文第一句话可以确定 Joey Chestnut 来自美国。
4．A 根据短文中最后一段内容可知 Juliet Lee 是一名教师。
5．C 根据短文中第三段的内容可知，从 2001 年到 2008 年期间，Kobayashi 共取得七次冠军。
五
Want to spend a night in jail And how about playing for it A new jail in eastern Missouri(密苏里州) has come up with a new way to pay for mattresses(床垫)．
Officials are offering the public a chance to stay overnight on its opening day．For $50 a person or $90 a couple，people can tour the new place，learn more about jail，and stay overnight．They'll receive "bed and breakfast" T-shirts and snacks．
Also included is a "get out of jail free" card．Those who want to leave early have to give another $10．All the money will be used for the jail repair fund．
任务一：根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．Everyone can spend a night _______ in Missouri．
2．If you and your one friend want to stay overnight in the jail，you must pay _______ for it．
3．When you stay at jail，you will receive _______．
4．If you want to leave early，you must pay for _______ again．
任务二：把画线部分译成汉语。
5．_________________________________
答案：
1．in jail 根据短文第一、二段可知填 in jail。
2．$90 根据第二段内容可以计算出两个人在监狱里过夜，要付 $90。
3．"bed and breakfast" T-shirts and snacks 根据第二段的内容可以确定在监狱里，可以得到 "bed and breakfast" T-shirts and snacks。
4．another $10 根据最后一段内容可知，如果想早点出来，必须再付 $10。
5．所有收入都用作监狱维修资金。解析略。
六
Debenhams has produced a special kind of suit for women with a low price of $80．It is made from recycled plastic bottles．
The bottles in the suit are broken into pieces and then made into a shape of polyester(涤纶)．Each suit uses about 50 plastic bottles．The rough(粗糙的) polyester feel of this suit might not attract some customers though it is good for environment．
Debenhams says that making the jacket and trousers saves energy and gives off less CO2．This way can certainly cut down waste．
If the women's suits are popular in stores，Debenhams will use this technology for men's clothing．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What is the special kind of suit for women that Debenhams has produced made of
A．Cotton． B．Polyester． C．Wool． D．Leather．
( ) 2．How much were two suits for women
A．$80． B．$100． C．$50． D．$160．
( ) 3．How many plastic bottles does each suit use
A．50． B．80． C．About 50． D About 70．
( ) 4．Which of the following is NOT the advantage of the kind of suit
A．It might save energy．
B．It can give off less CO2．
C．It can cut down waste．
D．It might not attract some customers．
( ) 5．The passage mainly tells us _______．
A．the recycled plastic bottles can be made into clothes
B．the kind of suit must be good for our health
C．the kind of suit is very popular in the world
D．the technology should be spread over the world
答案：
1．B 根据第二段的内容可知确定答案是涤纶。
2．D 根据第一段可知一套是 $80，那么两套就是 $160。
3．C 根据第二段中“Each suit uses about 50 plastic bottles．”可确定答案。
4．D 根据第二段的内容可以确定，它虽然对保护环境有好处，但不一定受人们的欢迎。
5．A 通读全文可以看出本文主要是讲“塑料瓶可以制成衣服”。
七
Hair is one of the first things you notice about yourself or other people．Hair is also the body part that many people try to change the most．People with naturally straight hair often wish their hair were curly．And curly tops want straight hair．
So why wasn't everyone born with the hair they wanted Scientists say a number of factors(因素) decided the way your hair looks．
Hair has two parts：the shaft(发干) — the part you see — and the follicle(发囊) — the part you don't see because it is under the skin．Follicles are not all alike for every person．
If you have curly hair，your follicle is probably very straight．Straight-haired people most likely have round follicles．
Another factor that goes into the kind of hair you have involves the hair bulb．The shaft grows from the bulb．The way the bulb sits in the follicle can affect your hair，too．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．If you look at other people，what will you know about at first
A．Hand． B．Hair． C．Body． D．Foot．
( ) 2．Which parts is hair made up of
A．Shaft． B．Follicle． C．Bulb． D．A and B．
( ) 3．The way your hair looks is decided by _______．
A．shaft
B．follicles
C．bulb
D．a number of factors and follicles．
( ) 4．Curly-haired people probably have _______．
A．straight follicles
B．round follicles
C．curly follicles
D．A and C
( ) 5．What can also change what people's hair looks like
A．Fire． B．Bulb． C．Water． D．Knives．
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定答案。
2．D 根据第三段的内容可以确定头发是由发干和发囊两部分组成的。
3．D 根据全文内容可以看出头发关键在于发囊和一些其他因素。
4．A 根据第四段的内容可知，卷头发人的毛囊可能是直的。
5．B 根据最后一段内容可知，bulb 可能改变人的发型。
八
The astronauts used to only have freeze-dried powders and semi-liquid pastes for meals．Now US scientists want to grow vegetables in mini-greenhouses on the Moon．They look forward to providing astronauts or space travelers with fine dinners of fresh vegetables in the future．
Paragon，a company that works with NASA，has designed the "Lunar Oasis"．
"Lunar Oasis" is a small greenhouse．It looks like a bell jar put into a 46cm-tall frame．The flame is designed to protect plants while they grow on the Moon．
They plan to send the small greenhouse into space in 2012．Scientists will put brassica(芸苔) seeds — like a cabbage — in the greenhouse．Because this kind of vegetable goes from seed to flower in just 14 days，it can complete its life cycle in just one night on the Moon．
The Moon greenhouse has been compared to an experiment at the South Pole．The South Pole greenhouse，now in its fifth year，allows workers living in the coldest place on Earth to have tomatoes，lettuces(莴苣)，strawberries and herbs．
"Living on the Moon seems so far away，but it is important that we do this research now，" said Jane Poynter，the president of Paragon．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What didn't the astronauts use to have on the Moon
A．Fresh vegetables．
B．Freeze-dried powders
C．Semi-liquid pastes．
D．Water
( ) 2．What does the "Lunar Oasis" look like
A．A ball．
B．A bag．
C．A bell jar．
D．A bottle．
( ) 3．When will they plan to send the "Lunar Oasis" to the Moon
A．2009． B．2010． C．2020． D．2012．
( ) 4．What will the astronauts eat on the Moon in 2020
A．Tomatoes． B．Lettuces． C．Strawberries． D．All of the above．
( ) 5．What does Poynter do
A．An astronaut．
B．The president of Paragon．
C．A president．
D．A pilot．
答案：
1．A 根据第一段的内容可知，到目前为止，宇航员在月球上吃不到新鲜的蔬菜。
2．C 根据第三段内容可知，“月球温室”看起来像一个 bell jar。
3．D 根据第四段的内容可知。他们计划到 2012 年把“月球绿洲”送上月球。
4．D 根据全文内容可以确定，到 2020 年宇航员应该能吃上一些蔬菜，即选 D。
5．B 根据最后一段内容可知，Poynter 是帕拉冈太空开发公司的董事长。
九
Just as in face-to-face communication，there are some basic rules of behavior(行为) that should be followed on the Internet．The basic rule is simple：treat others in the same way you would want to be treated．① Imagine how you'd feel if you were in the other person's shoes．
For anything you're about to send：ask yourself，"Would I say that to the person's face " If the answer is no，rewrite and reread．If someone in the chat room is rude to you，you needn't fire back．You should either ignore(不理睬) the person，or use your chat software to block their messages．Remember to respect the beliefs and opinions of others in the chat room．
② Offer advice when asked by newcomers，as they may not be sure what to do or how to communicate．When someone makes a mistake，be kind about it．If you do decide to tell someone about the mistake，point it out politely．At the same time，if you find you are wrong，be sure to correct yourself and apologize to those that you have offended(冒犯)．③ 询问别人诸如年龄、性别和家庭情况等隐私问题是不礼貌的。Unless you know the person very well，and you are both comfortable with sharing personal information，don't ask such questions．
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．In the chat room we must respect others，_______ and _______．
2．When you find you make a mistake in the chat room，what should you do
_______________________________________________________________________
3．将画线部分 ① 翻译成汉语。
_______________________________________________________________________
4．选择一个适当的句子放在 ② 处。
A．First impressions last longest．
B．Everyone was new to the network once．
C．The Internet has opened up a whole new world for us．
D．Even if you feel strongly about it，think twice before saying anything．
5．将画线部分 ③ 翻译成英语。
______________________________________________
答案：
1．beliefs，opinions 根据第二段中“Remember to respect the beliefs and opinions of others in the chat room．”可确定答案。
2．I should correct myself and apologize to those that I have offended．根据第三段中“if you find you are wrong，be sure to correct yourself and apologize to those that you have offended．”可确定答案。
3．你要设身处地为别人着想。解析略。
4．B 根据下句的意思“给新手们一些建议”可以推断出，选“网络起初对每个人来说都是新的”。
5．It is impolite to ask others personal questions such as their age，sex and families．用动词不定式作主语的句型来完成该题：It is + adj．+ to do...”Topic Fourteen History and Geography 历史与地理
话说中考
本话题在中考中所占比例不多，在历史方面要注意历史事件发生的时间、地点、原因以及有何影响等，而对地理知识的考查，一般多与旅游观光等内容相结合，这就要求我们了解各地的名胜古迹、遗址等。
解题思路：熟悉文章，找准问题关键所在，提高解题速度和质量。
走进中考(浙江宁波·2010)
On February 3rd，1949，New York Harbor(港) was an exciting place．Many people were there to greet a ship from France．On the ship were 49 French railroad boxcars(火车车厢) filled with gifts from the people of France to the people of America．These boxcars were from the famous Merci Train (Merci，a French word meaning "thank you")．
After world War Ⅱ(二战)，a lot of factories，roads and farms in France had been destroyed．Many French people had no jobs or money and had little to wear and little to eat．In the winter of 1947，a train was sent across the United States，stopping in cities and towns along the way．At every stop，people gave whatever they could．Factories gave clothing and medicine．Farmers gave food．Families gave money．Even school children gave away their pocket money(零用钱)．All the things were then taken to France by ship．
By 1949，the French had begun to recover(恢复) from the war．The Merci Train was their way of saying "thank you" to America．French people had filled the boxcars with gifts．Most of them were personal，like hand-made toys，children's drawings，or postcards．But the boxcars themselves were perhaps the most meaningful of the gifts．On each car，the French people had painted the pictures of all their 40 provinces，with an American eagle on the front．The boxcars were taken to each state of America，where they were warmly greeted．
Now many of the states still keep their boxcars．Gifts sent by the French people can still be seen in some museums．The Merci Train came out of the war，but it now reminds the world that countries can also work together in peace(和平)．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Many people crowded at New York Harbor on February 3rd，1949 to ________．
A．welcome the Merci Train
B．meet their families
C．have a big party
D．start a trip by ship
( ) 2．In 1947，a train stopped in cities across America in order to ________．
A．give away clothing and food
B．get more soldiers for the war
C．collect things to help French people
D．show exhibitions from the museums
( ) 3．The underlined word "them" in Paragraph 3 refers to(指) ________．
A．the American people
B．the French people
C．the boxcars
D．the gifts
( ) 4．The French people painted their 40 provinces and an American eagle on each boxcar because _______．
A．they thought France was stronger than America
B．it could show the friendship between the two countries
C．the boxcars would be more beautiful
D．they were very good at painting pictures
( ) 5．The passage is mainly about _______．
A．the story of the Merci Train
B．American museums where the boxcars are kept
C．gifts that American people liked
D．World War Ⅱ
解析
1．A 根据第一段内容我们可知许多人来到 New York Harbor 的目的是为了欢迎来自法国的 Merci Train，故正确答案为 A。
2．C 根据“At every stop，people gave whatever they could... All the things were then taken to France by ship．”可以推测出正确答案为 C。
3．D 根据第三段第三句和第四句的 personal，like hand-made toys...”可知 them 指代的是 gifts，故正确答案为 D。
4．B 根据“...the French people had painted the pictures of all their 40 provinces，...where they were warmly greeted．”可以推测出正确答案为 B。
5．A 通过文章内容我们可知整篇文章都是围绕 Merci Train 来写的，故正确答案为 A。
话题专练
一
World Animal Day is a day for anyone who loves animals．It falls on October 4 every year．The date is to remember an Italian man named St．Francis．He asked people to thank animals on October 4．
World Animal Day was started in 1931 at a meeting of ecologists(生态学家) in Florence．Since then it has been widely celebrated in countries throughout the world．
On this special day，people throughout the world hold special activities to encourage everybody to show their love to animals．They do something special to let people know the importance of animals in the world．People also hold activities to encourage people to think about how we should treat animals．
根据短文内容，完成表格。
World Animal Day A day for anyone who 1 animals．
2 every year To remember St．Francis．
World Animal Day Started 3 in Florence．
People do 4 In order to show the importance of animals．
People in the world Think about how 5 animals．
答案：
1．loves 根据短文第一句的内容可知，本题填 loves。
2．October 4 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定时间是 October 4。
3．in 1931 根据短文第二段中的第一句话可知，开始于 1931 年。
4．something special 根据“They do something special to let people know the importance of animals in the world．”可确定答案是 something special。
5．to treat 根据短文最后一句话可知，答案是 to treat。
二
Cambridge(剑桥) is one of the top universities in the world，and it's a city as well．To the surprise of some visitors，there are no walls around the university．Classroom buildings，libraries and offices can be seen all over the city．Most of the members of the city are the students and teachers of thirty-one colleges(学院)．It got its name "Cambridge" from the river called Cam and a bridge built over it．Before the university was founded 800 years ago，Cambridge was a developing town．It developed faster because of the opening of the railway and became a city in 1951．Now it has a population of more than one million．Many young students hope for the chance to study at Cambridge．Perhaps you'll be a member of Cambridge one day．
根据短文内容，完成下表。
The 1 of some visitors No walls around the university
The origin(来源) of its name River Cam and a bridge 2 it
The time when Cambridge was 3 800 years ago
The 4 why Cambridge developed faster The opening of the railway
The population of Cambridge now 5 than one million
答案：
1．surprise 根据“To the surprise of some visitors，there are no walls around the university．”可知，该题填 surprise。
2．over 根据短文中“It got its name "Cambridge" from the river called Cam and a bridge built over it．”可以确定，该空填 over。
3．founded 根据短文中“Before the university was founded 800 years ago”确定，答案是 founded。
4．reason 根据短文中“It developed faster because of the opening of the railway and became a city in 1951”可确定该题填 reason。
5．More 根据短文中“Now it has a population of more than one million．”可以确定答案是 More。
三
Sri Lankan got its name "Sri Lanka" in 1972．Now Sri Lanka is making its own way in the world．
Here are 6 reasons to consider visiting Sri Lanka in 2009：
1．The Art of Smiling
If you have not seen enough smiles lately，go to Sri Lanka．
2．The Land of Fruit
Sri Lanka is a bit larger than the state of West Virginia．But it's very beautiful．Don't miss the wood apple．This fruit is smashed down on a hard surface in order to be cracked opening．
3．Friendliness with Interest
Usually，families seeing a foreigner walk by their home would invite them inside for a cup of tea．They want to hear what you think of the country and its people，and they're very happy to have their picture taken．
4．Architecture(建筑设计)
This is a land of temples — Buddhist and Hindustani．
5．English Spoken Here
Most people in this country can speak English．When a traveler is lost or curious(好奇的)，the locals would be glad to help at any time．
6．Surf's Up
Awanatuna Beach is a good place for surfers from April to October．Waves are reported three to eight feet higher．The off-season would be better for surfing beginners．
根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．Sri Lanka is in the state of West Virginia．
( ) 2．The wood apple is a special fruit in Sri Lanka．
( ) 3．The people in Sri Lanka are very friendly to tourists．
( ) 4．All the people in Sri Lanka can speak very good English．
( ) 5．Surfing beginners can surf at Awanatuna Beach in any season of the year．
答案：
1．F 根据短文中第二个原因“Sri Lanka is a bit larger than the state of West Virginia．”可确定，本命题是错误的，即 F。
2．T 根据短文中第二个原因内容可以确定木苹果是一种水果，所以是 T。
3．T 根据短文中第三点原因可以看出，斯里兰卡的人们对游客非常友好，所以答案是 T。
4．F 根据短文中第五点原因中“Most people in this country can speak English．”可以确定答案是 F。
5．F 根据短文中第六点原因中的“Awanatuna Beach is a good place for surfers from April to October．”可以确定答案是 F。
四
With miles of beaches，sea and sunshine，Pattaya(芭堤雅) is one of the most popular places for visitors to Thailand．It provides many kinds of entertainment for both young people and the whole family．There is always something to do，any time，any weather，any day or night．
Orchid(兰化) Farms are a worthwhile visit and if you are thinking of taking some of these beautiful plants home，visit a day or two before you leave to make sure that you will have live plants when you get back．You can also get great orchids in a sealed(密封) bottle that will last as long as your memory．
Pattaya Elephant Village is another place that you can not miss in Pattaya．It is a good place to learn and understand how elephants have been linked into Thai life and history over the centuries．You can also take an elephant trek there．Show time allows the elephants to display their skills，such as playing football．
You can also feed a tiger at the Sriracha Tiger Zoo(斯里拉差龙虎园)．There you will learn more about tigers．You can take photos with them．You can also enjoy elephant and crocodile shows at the zoo．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What is Pattaya famous for in Thailand
A．Beaches．
B．Sea．
C．Sunshine．
D．All of the above．
( ) 2．Whenever you go to Pattaya，it can provide many kinds of entertainment for ________．
A．both young people and the whole family
B．both old people and the whole family
C．both young people and kids
D．both parents and kids
( ) 3．Where can you get beautiful orchids in Thailand
A．Beaches．
B．Pattaya Elephant Village．
C．Orchid Farms．
D．The Sriracha Tiger Zoo．
( ) 4．Which animal do you see at the Sriracha Tiger Zoo
A．Foxes． B．Elephants． C．Lions． D．Monkeys．
( ) 5．The passage mainly tells us ________．
A．Pattaya is one of the most popular places for visitors to Thailand
B．you must buy some beautiful orchids in Thailand
C．Pattaya Elephant Village is the only place that you can not miss in Pattaya
D．if you visit Thailand，you must visit the Sriracha Tiger Zoo
答案：
1．D 根据第一段的内容可知，芭堤雅以阳光、碧海与沙滩而著名。
2．A 根据第一段的内容可知，无论什么时候去芭堤雅。它都能给年轻人和一个家庭提供游玩场所。
3．C 根据第二段的内容可知，在兰花农场可以买到兰花。
4．B 根据最后一段可知，在斯里拉差龙虎园可以看到老虎、大象和鳄鱼，所以选 B。
5．A 通读全文可知，这篇文章主要是讲述芭堤雅是到泰国游玩的最佳场所之一。
五
It is regarded as the most beautiful city in the world．It lies in the natural bowl between the Table Mountain and the ocean．It was founded as a business spot in 1652．Later，shipmen found it was not only a beautiful place to rest，but it also had plenty of food and water，so they called it the "Tavern of the Seas"．Cape Town is South Africa's oldest city，which is also known by the local people as the "Mother City"．
Table Mountain is one of Cape Town's top places of interest．There are more than 1400 kinds of plants in the area．From the top of the mountain，you can see many clouds moving over the mountains，and your visit will turn into a magical story．Why are there so many clouds An ancient legend says that a local man called Van Hunks sits on Devil's Peak(魔鬼峰)，having a smoking contest with the devil．The two keep blowing clouds of smoke but neither of them ever wins．
Another special place in Cape Town is Robben Island．This "island of exiles" was the place where "bad" people were sent for almost four centuries．Tour guides there are actual earlier bad men．Unlike usual boring guides found in other places of interest，they tell visitors their stories in a very interesting way．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．________ is called "Mother City"．
A．Table Mountain
B．Cape Town
C．Robben Island
D．Island of exiles
( ) 2．The magical story mainly tells us _______．
A．Cape Town's top places of interest
B．there are more than 1400 kinds of plants in the area
C．it's a story about clouds in the area
D．Van Hunks has a smoking contest with the devil
( ) 3．Robben Island was _______ in those days．
A．a beautiful island
B．"Tavern of the Seas"
C．an "island of exiles"
D．the place that shipmen loved
( ) 4．The underlined word "exiles" in the passage means "_______"．
A．出口 B．被放逐者 C．专家 D．离开
( ) 5．The best title for this passage is _______．
A．Cape Town Is Regarded as the Most Beautiful City
B．Why Was Cape Town Named "Mother City"
C．Cape Town Has a Beautiful Legend
D．Cape Town Was an "Island of Exiles"
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定答案是“开普敦”被称为“母亲城”。
2．C 根据短文第二段的内容可知，这个传说主要是讲“云”的由来。
3．C 根据最后一段内容可以确定，Robben Island 曾是被用来放逐坏人的地方。
4．B 根据上下句子间的联系，可以看出这个词是“流犯，被放逐者”之意。
5．A 通读全文可知，这篇短文主要是讲为什么开普敦被认为是世界上最美的城市。
六
There are many kinds of beautiful stamps in the world，such as common stamps and stamps in memory of important people．People buy stamps to post letters，for collection and so on．But do you know how the first stamp came to the world
Before the stamps were born，the person getting the letter had to pay for the postage(邮资)．But the costs of postage at that time were very high，so many people could not pay for it and they didn't want the letters．
Some people found a good way．They wrote words on the outside of the letters so that the person getting the letter could read them on the outside of the letter．In this way，the person didn't need to pay．
In 1837，Sir Rowland Hill in England thought the senders should pay for the postage and they could pay for it by putting a small piece of colored paper on the outside of the letter — the stamp!
So the first stamp in the world was born on May 6，1840 in England．There was Queen Victoria's picture on it．People called it Penny Jack．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When was the first stamp in the world born
A．In 1837．
B．In 1838．
C．In 1839．
D．In 1840．
( ) 2．How did the person get the letter before the stamps were born
A．They had to pay for the postage．
B．They could write words on the outside of the letters．
C．They didn't write some letters．
D．They all called each other．
( ) 3．What did they use as the first stamp on the outside of the letter
A．Money．
B．Color paints．
C．A small piece of colored paper．
D．A piece of white paper．
( ) 4．What showed on the first stamp in the world
A．Queen victoria．
B．Jack．
C．Penny．
D．Queen Victoria's picture．
( ) 5．The passage mainly tells us ________．
A．why people used stamps
B．how much the first stamp cost
C．where the first stamp came from
D．how the first stamp was born
答案：
1．D 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，第一枚邮票出现在 1840 年。
2．A 根据短文中第二段的内容可知，在邮票出现之前，收信时必须付邮资。
3．C 根据短文中第四段的内容可以确定，在信封上贴上一张彩色的小纸片。
4．D 根据最后一段的内容可以确定第一张邮票上有女王维多利亚的图像。
5．D 通读全文可以确定本文主要是讲第一枚邮票的由来。
七
We all know Bangkok(曼谷) is the capital of Thailand．But do you know about Bangkok's Chinatown Chinatown is a colorful，attractive and busy area，which is lined with market stands(货摊)．It's said that it's probably the greatest gathering of gold shops in the city．The easiest way to reach Chinatown is by boat．The main road，Yaowarat Road，follows the shape of a dragon's body，making it a perfect place for business．Business goes very well here．Chinatown's original(最初的) main street is a small narrow way which runs from Phahurat Market all the way down to Songsawat Road．The way is too small for cars，and is now a crowded market selling mostly cheap household things．Chinatown is really one of the greatest places to buy gold．However，just off the road in either direction is a whole other world where．it is said，you can find almost everything．The famous market here is Phahurat Market．It's home to a huge number of wedding(婚礼) stands．
The Chinese community moved here from Old City in the 1700's．It still keeps its own traditions，and the area is unlike the rest of Bangkok．People generally consider themselves as Thai people．Most of them can no longer speak Chinese．If you have a chance to travel around Thailand，don't forget to go there to have a look．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The passage mainly talks about _______ in Thailand．
A．the roads
B．the markets
C．Bangkok's Chinatown
D．the gold shops
( ) 2．The easiest way to reach Chinatown is _______．
A．on foot
B．by taxi
C．by bus
D．by boat
( ) 3．What's the meaning of the underlined word "runs" in Paragraph 1
A．To take part in a race．
B．To move or go quickly．
C．To move something in a certain direction．
D．To lead from a place to another．
( ) 4．_______ is famous for a huge number of wedding stands．
A．Songsawat Road
B．Chinatown's original street
C．Phahurat Market
D．Yaowarat Road
( ) 5．What do we know from the passage
A．Chinatown is the same as the rest of Bangkok．
B．In Chinatown you can only buy things which are made of gold．
C．People in the Chinese community in Bangkok can speak Chinese well．
D．Chinatown's original main street has become a crowded market．
答案：
1．C 通读全文可知，这篇文章主要是讲曼谷唐人街的现状。
2．D 根据短文中“The easiest way to reach Chinatown is by boat．”确定答案是乘船。
3．D 根据短文内容可知，该词在这里主要是“蔓延、延伸”之意。
4．C 根据短文中“The famous market here is Phahurat Market．It's home to a huge number of wedding(婚礼) stands．”可确定答案。
5．D 通读全文可知，这篇短文主要是讲唐人街是一个繁华的市场。
八
The Tower of London is one of London's most popular sites(遗址)．It contains more than one tower．The oldest one is the White Tower which dates back to the 11th century．The Tower was once a prison and its rich history makes it a much visited tourist spot today．
Many stories connected with British history come from the Tower．In 1483 King Edward Ⅳ's two sons were killed in the so-called Bloody Tower．Over two centuries later the bones of the two little boys were found buried(被埋葬) in the White Tower．
Many prisoners，including the future Queen Elizabeth I of England，were brought to the Tower．Fortunately，Elizabeth was free and became Queen．
Everyone has heard of the soldiers of the Tower．Their uniform has changed little since 1485．The main of official part of the Tower looks like huge black birds；it was said that if the ravens were to leave the Tower，the Crown(王权) would fall，and Britain would fall，too．The Tower of London is not only a beautiful palace but also a terrible tower．
根据短文内容，完成下列句子。
( ) 1．The oldest tower of the Tower of London dates back to _______．
( ) 2．In the 15th century _______ were killed in the Bloody Tower．
( ) 3．_______ was released from the Tower of London and then became Queen．
( ) 4．If the Tower of London would fall，_______ would fall，too．
( ) 5．The Tower of London is _______ and a terrible tower．
答案：
1．the 11th century 根据短文中第一段的内容可知，伦敦塔的白塔建于 11 世纪。
2．King Edward Ⅳ's two sons 根据短文中第二段内容可以确定是爱德华四世的两个儿子被杀死在血塔里。
3．Queen Elizabeth Ⅰ 根据短文中第三段的内容可知，伊丽莎白一世是被带进塔内，后被释放并成为女王。
4．Britain 根据短文中最后一段内容可知，传说中如果伦敦塔倒了，英国就会下沉。
5．a palace 根据短文中最后一句话可知，伦敦塔不仅是一个宫殿，还是一个可怕的监狱。
九
Sentosa is an island located just south of Singapore．Sentosa means "peace and quiet" in Malay(马来语)．It is very popular with the local people and visitors from all over the world．
Sentosa is famous for its beaches．One of its beaches，Palawan Beach，has a lot of fun sports and activities for the whole family．It is called Singapore's happiest family beach! It is wonderful to go for a walk with your family on the beaches of white sand．
In the Butterfly Park and Insect Kingdom(蝴蝶园与昆虫王国) visitors can view one of the world's largest collections of insects．It includes some of the world's most beautiful insects．Visitors can also see 1500 live butterflies there．
Do you expect to meet dolphins in the waters of a sandy beach on a tropical(热带的) island The Dolphin Lagoon(海豚乐园) offers visitors the chance to see pink dolphins．Visitors can see these clever creatures going though a variety of feeding and training exercises．Visitors can even get close up to touch the dolphins under the watch of the training people．
Sentosa is not only an entertainment center，but also shows part of the history of Singapore．In the Images of Singapore(新加坡万象馆) visitors can view Singapore's history from many ways．It shows Singapore's culture and history by using high technology and models．
任务型阅读：根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．Sentosa means "_______" in Malay．
2．_______ is called Singapore's happiest family beach．
3．If you visit the Butterfly Park and Insect Kingdom，you can see _______ live butterflies．
4．If you visit the Dolphin Lagoon，you can see _______ dolphins．
5．把画线部分译成汉语。
________________________________________________________
答案：
1．peace and quiet 根据第一段的内容可以确定，马来语中“圣淘沙”是“和平与宁静”的意思，所以填 peace and quiet。
2．Palawan Beach 根据短文中第二段的内容可知，Palawan Beach 是新加坡最愉快的家庭海滩。
3．1500 根据第二段内容可知，在蝴蝶园与昆虫王国里可以看到 1500 只活蝴蝶。
4．pink 根据短文第四段的内容可知，在海豚乐园里可以看到粉色的海豚。
5．它通过使用先进技术和模型显示新加坡的文化和历史。解析略。Topic Fifteen Literature and the Arts 文学与艺术
话说中考
本话题是文学与艺术，使学生了解我国及世界不同地区的文学与艺术领域的特色、发展及创新等情况，并能尊重和接受不同的文学与艺术。中考阅读理解对本话题考查是通过阅读小短文理解大意，从短文中分析、整理出文学或艺术的历史、特色、新闻人物、发展创新及走向。目的是陶冶学生情操，提升文化素养以及培养学生欣赏和发展文学与艺术的能力。这就要求学生在日常生活中多关注当代文学与艺术的发展动向，多涉足文学与艺术领域，亲身去感受文学与艺术的魅力。
走近中考(四川乐山·2009)
If you are a teenage boy，and you want to succeed in life，you'd better read this great book．From Boys to Men by an American writer，Michael Gurian，tells teenage boys that they are living through the best years of their lives．There is no reason for them not to love life．
You may think that only your body is growing at the moment．But the book says your mind is growing，too．The book tells teenage boys that they need to help their bodies and minds grow．To do this，they should stop spending their time playing computer games and should start playing sports．Sports，the book says，keep you healthy and teach you important life skills．They teach you how to be a leader and how to work as part of a team．
The book also tells boys how to love life if they're being bullied(被欺负)．It says boys have to stop being scared(害怕的) of such bullies．It is the only way they can become more successful people．
To become the man you want to be，you have to think for yourself and believe in yourself．But，most importantly，the book says，you must always dream of success．Never be happy with what you've got，and always want more．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．From Boys to Men is _______．
A．a Chinese magazine
B．a piece of music
C．an American book
( ) 2．Michael Gurian tells teenage boys to _______．
A．play games with other boys
B．learn to repair machines
C．love their life
( ) 3．The book tells us that _______．
A．our bodies and minds grow at the same time
B．our bodies are much stronger than our minds
C．our minds grow faster than our bodies
( ) 4．The book says that sports can _______．
A．teach you how to keep healthy
B．teach you important life skills
C．A and B
( ) 5．The writer of this passage wishes us to _______．
A．read From Boys to Men
B．help him sell the book soon
C．send the book to others
解析
本文主要介绍了 From Boys to Men 这本书的内容。书中告诫青少年要热爱生活，为他们的成长提出了很好的建议。
1．C 由开头 you'd better read this great book．From Boys to Men by an American writer，可知。
2．C 语句理解题。根据 There is no reason for them not to love life．可知是告诫他们热爱生活。
3．A 根据第二段第二句 But the book says your mind is growing，too．可知。
4．C 由第二段倒数第二句 Sports，the book says，keep you healthy and teach you important life skills．可知 A 和 B 都对。
5．A 由短文第一段第一句可知作者的写作意图是“希望人们去读这本书”。
话题专练
一
Life is like the four seasons．Now I am very old，but when I was young，it was the spring of my life．I was born，I played a lot，and then I started school．I learned many new things．Like a flower，I grew bigger every day．There were happy days and sorrowful days：some days the sun shone，and some days it didn't．
In my twenties，I had a good job．I was strong and happy．Then I married(结婚) and had a child．In those days，I didn't have much time to think．Every day I was busy and worked very hard．And so，I started to get some white hairs．The summer of my life passed quickly．
Then the days got shorter．Leaves fell from the trees．My child was a university student，and then an engineer．My home was much quieter．I started walking more slowly．One day I stopped working．I had more time．I understood this was my autumn，a beautiful time when the trees change color and give us delicious fruits．
But the days kept getting shorter and colder．Winter has come．I am older and weaker．I know I do not have many days left，but I will enjoy them to the end．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The writer started walking more slowly in the _______ of his life．
A．spring B．summer C．autumn D．winter
( ) 2．According to the passage，which of the following ages is during the summer of his life
A．15． B．33． C．62． D．87．
( ) 3．What does the word "sorrowful" mean in this passage
A．Sad． B．Exciting． C．Wonderful． D．Pleasant．
( ) 4．Which of the following is true
A．The writer was an engineer．
B．The writer had a garden with flowers．
C．The writer was always happy as a child．
D．The writer now is old and weak，but still he enjoys his life．
( ) 5．The best title of the passage can be _______．
A．Four Seasons
B．My Life
C．Four Seasons in a Year
D．Four Seasons in My Life
答案：
1．C 细节判断题。根据每个阶段的描述，可知是在秋季。
2．B 根据一年四季划分年龄段可得出答案。
3．A 由下文“一些天，太阳照耀(露出笑脸)；一些天，太阳不出来(阴天)”可推出此处表达心情“不高兴的”。
4．D 可用排除法。根据短文大意，可知只有 D 正确。
5．D 纵观全文内容可知最佳标题是“我生命中的四季”。
二
The program "China Year in Russia(俄罗斯)" has ended，but the cultural ties between the two countries grow stronger．"Chinese fever(中国热)" continues in Russia．
Fifty-year-old Wei Dehan has been studying Chinese culture for thirty years．He was among the first Russians to open a Chinese teahouse in Moscow．That was in 1995．He also taught Chinese language and Tai chi(太极)．During "China Year in Russia"，he set up a magazine introducing Chinese culture．It's popular with local readers．
In Russia，young people who can speak Chinese are popular．Young people who are able to speak Chinese language find jobs easily．Some 15-thousand people attend Chinese language classes in Russia．The Confucius Institute(孔子学院)，the world-wide Chinese language and culture education center，has been set up in thirteen of Russia's universities and colleges．
Besides the language，Chinese way of life is becoming a common factor(因素) in the daily lives of Russian people．Green tea，Chinese food and Tai chi become popular．
Russian newspapers and magazines praised(称赞) "China Year in Russia" as a timely event．They said that the program deepened(加深) understanding between the people of the two countries．It also opens the way for further cultural exchanges．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．How long has Wei Dehan been learning Chinese culture
A．For 50 years．
B．For 30 years．
C．Since 1995．
( ) 2．During "China Year in Russia"，Wei Dehan _______．
A．opened a Chinese teahouse in Moscow
B．taught Chinese language and Taichi
C．set up a magazine introducing Chinese culture
( ) 3．_______ become popular in Russia．
A．Green tea，Chinese food and TaiChi
B．Chinese language
C．Both A and B
( ) 4．"China Year in Russia" _______．
A．deepened(加深) understanding between the people of the two countries
B．opens the way for further cultural exchanges
C．A and B
( ) 5．Which of the following sentences is not true
A．Wei Dehan was the only Russian to open a Chinese teahouse in Moscow．
B．The Confucius Institute has been set up in thirteen of Russia's universities and colleges．
C．Young people in Russia who are able to speak Chinese language find jobs easily．
答案：
1．B 根据第二段第一句可知。
2．C 由第二段倒数第二句可知，其他两项活动均在此之前。
3．C 词义理解题。由第四段中 besides 为“除了……外，还有(包括除去部分)”可知。
4．C 根据最后一段可知“俄罗斯中国年”活动的意义和作用。
5．A 细节判断题。由第二段 He was among the first Russians to open a Chinese teahouse in Moscow．可知他不是唯一的，他只是其中一位。
三
As young students，you have many dreams．These dreams can be very big，such as winning the Nobel Prize；they can also be small，such as becoming one of the best students in your class．
Once you find a dream，what do you do with it Do you ever try to make your dream real
Andrew Matthews，an Australian writer，tells us that making your dreams real is life's biggest challenge．You may think you're not very good at some school subjects，or that it's impossible for you to become a writer．Those kinds of ideas stop you from realizing your dream．
In fact，everyone can realize his dream．The first thing you must do is to remember what your dream is．Don't let it leave your heart．Keep telling yourself what you want every day and then your dream will come true faster．You should know that a big dream is，in fact，made up of many small dreams．
You must also never give up your dream．There will be difficulties on the road to your dreams．But the biggest difficulty comes from yourself．You need to decide what is the most important．Studying instead of watching TV will help you to get better exam results，while saving five yuan instead of buying an ice cream means you can buy a new book．
As you get closer to your dream，it may change a little．This is good as you have the chance to learn something more useful and find new hobbies．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Which of the following isn't mentioned in this passage
A．You may think you're not good at some school subjects．
B．Making your dreams real is life's biggest challenge．
C．You must never give up your dream．
D．Listening to English more can help you realize your dream．
( ) 2．If we have dreams in our hearts and work hard，our dreams _______．
A．can't be realized
B．can be very small
C．will come true
D．can be very big
( ) 3．How do you make your dream come true faster
A．Remember what your dream is．
B．Don't let your dream leave your heart．
C．Keep telling yourself what you want every day．
D．A，B and C．
( ) 4．To make your dream real，the first thing you must do is _______．
A．to remember what your dream is
B．to decide what is the most important
C．to learn something more useful and find new hobbies
D．to get better exam results
( ) 5．The best title(标题) of this passage is _______．
A．How to Become a Writer
B．How to Make Your Dream Real
C．A Big Dream Is Made Up of Small Dreams
D．Everyone Can Realize His Dream
答案：
1．D 可用排除法。A 和 B 在第三段提及，答案 C 在第五段第一句可提及。
2．C 根据第四段 your dream will come true faster．可知。
3．D 由整个第四段可知。
4．T 根据第四段第二句 The first thing you must do is to remember what your dream is．可知。
5．B 纵观全文不难看出短文的最好标题应是：如何实现自己的梦想。
四
As we know，there are differences between western culture and Chinese culture．We can see differences when we pay attention to the way words are used．Let's look at the words about animals and plants．Most expressions in Chinese about the dog，for example，"a homeless dog"，"a mad dog"，"a running dog" and "a dog catching a mouse"，have negative meanings．
But in western countries，dogs are thought to be honest and good friends of humans．In English，people use the dog to describe positive actions．For example，"you are a lucky dog" means you are a lucky person．And "every dog has its day" means each person has good luck sometimes．To describe a person's serious illness，they say "sick as a dog"．The word "dog-tired" means very tired．However，Chinese love cats very much．But in western culture，"cat" is often used to describe a woman who is cruel．
The rose is regarded as a symbol of love in both China and some western countries．People think the rose means love，peace，courage and friendship．And the rose is the national flower of England，America and many other countries．
The words about plants and animals are used in positive or negative ways in different cultures．We can learn about many differences in cultures by comparing how some words are used．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．"You are a lucky dog" means "_______"．
A．Everybody in the world is lucky
B．Each person lives his own way of life
C．You are a lucky person
D．Everybody has a time in life to be lucky
( ) 2．Western people usually use "cat" to refer to "_______"．
A．a tired person
B．a brave man
C．a homeless person
D．an unkind woman
( ) 3．In English，people use ________ to describe positive actions．
A．the dog
B．the cat
C．the rose
D．the words
( ) 4．Which of the following is true according to the passage ________
A．Words show differences in culture．
B．Chinese people prefer dogs to cats．
C．Western people think cats to be good friends．
D．Rose is the national flower of all western countries．
( ) 5．What's the best title for the passage ________
A．Negative or Positive
B．Different Countries Have Different Culture
C．Rose Means the Same in Chinese and English
D．What Dog and Cat Mean in English and Chinese
答案：
1．C 细节判断题。根据句子 "you are a lucky dog" means you are a lucky person．可知。
2．D 词义理解题。由“in western culture，"cat" is often used to describe a woman who is cruel．”中 cruel 词义“残暴的”可知。
3．A 由“In English，people use the dog to describe positive actions．”可知。
4．A 由“We can see differences when we pay attention to the way words are used．”可知。
5．B 纵观全文，比较了中西方的文化，主要说明了不同国家具有不同的文化。
五
Everyone loves Johnny Cash's music．I think he is one of those greatest American song writers．It took me a long time to realize how great Johnny Cash's music was．In my family，the first person who listened to Johnny Cash was my dad．
That all changed when I met my first girlfriend．She liked all the old country stars，including Willie Nelson，Merle Haggard，and Bill Monroe．Whether it was country，bluegrass，or Western music，she could not get enough of it．She loved Johnny Cash's music best．
I hated the music that she listened to．At first，I pretended(假装) to like Johnny Cash's music just to humor her，but soon it started to grow on me．I guessed that I'd never give it a chance．But honestly，once I started listening to the music of the man，it blew my mind．I had never heard anything like it．
I got my heart broken by that girl，and it was a long time before I could listen to anything that she had played for me．However，I was drawn back to the music of Johnny Cash．I have been listening to Johnny Cash until now．And it is almost always on my play list．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．According to the passage，the writer _______ before he met his first girlfriend．
A．liked Johnny Cash's music
B．didn't like Johnny Cash's music
C．liked all the old country stars
D．didn't like all the old country stars
( ) 2．Who was the first person that listened to Johnny Cash in the family
A．The writer himself．
B．The writer's first girlfriend．
C．The writer's father．
D．The writer's mother．
( ) 3．At first，the writer disliked Johnny Cash's music，didn't he
A．Yes，he did．
B．Yes，he didn't．
C．No，he did．
D．No，he didn't．
( ) 4．The writer's girlfriend liked _______ best．
A．Willie Nelson
B．Western music
C．Johnny Cash's music
D．Bill Monroe
( ) 5．We can know _______ from the passage．
A．the writer married his first girl friend
B．the writer hated Johnny Cash's music at last
C．at first，the writer pretended to like Johnny Cash's music just to humor his girlfriend
D．Johnny Cash is a great singer
答案：
1．B 由第三段句子 At first，I pretended(假装) to like Johnny Cash's music 可知。
2．C 由第一段最后一句 In my family，the first person who listened to Johnny Cash was my dad．可知。
3．A 此题结合考查反意疑问句的答语。根据第三段开头可知他不喜欢，故用肯定回答。
4．C 由第二段最后一句 She loved Johnny Cash's music best．可知。
5．C 纵观全文，我们在最后一段首句可知作者与女友分手了；并可看出作者最后喜欢上了 Johnny Cash's music；在首段第二句也知 Johnny Cash 是位词作家，非歌手。
六
My grandfather is an eighty-year-old man．He changed，and he often says that life used to be better．
Families aren't families the way they used to be．A lot of families have broken down．If husband and wife have problems with their marriage，they no longer stay together．And mothers used to stay at home and take care of their children，but now everyone's working．No one has time to look after children at home．
And the cars! No one walks any more：everyone drives．We used to walk five miles to school every day，even in winter．But now they don't．And in school the children don't have to think any more．In math class，for example，we used to add，subtract，multiply and divide in our heads．Kids don't use their heads any more；instead，they use calculators(计算器)．
Most families have computers now．In the past we didn't have computers．We didn't even have lights．My mother used to spend all day cooking in the kitchen．But now nobody eats at home and cooks food any more．
And people don't talk to each other any more．They are too busy to talk，too busy to eat，too busy to think...
Life used to be simple，but it isn't any more．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．My grandfather thinks the life _______．
A．is better than it used to be
B．is worse than it used to be
C．is as good as it used to be
D．is as bad as it used to be
( ) 2．In the past _______．
A．mothers used to stay at home and take care of their children
B．no one has time to look after children at home
C．nobody eats at home and cooks food
D．kids don't use their heads，instead，they use calculators
( ) 3．What changes have happened to some families
① There are lights at home．
② People like to eat at home and cook food．
③ Lots of families have computers．
④ Lots of couples live apart because of some problems．
A．①②④ B．②③④ C．①②③ D．①③④
( ) 4．Which is TRUE according to the passage
A．People have too much time to talk with each other．
B．Life now is very simple．
C．Many families have broken down because of problems between husbands and wives．
D．Mothers stay at home and look after their children now．
( ) 5．The best title for this passage is _______．
A．How Life Used to Be
B．The Better Life
C．The Changes in Our Life
D．Hard-working Students
答案：
1．B 根据此句“he often says that life used to be better．”可以看出他认为过去生活更好。
2．A 由“And mothers used to stay at home and take care of their children”可知，其他选项都是现在的生活情况。
3．D 推断题。根据文中描述的变化可知 ①③④，而 ② 根据“now nobody eats at home and cooks food any more．”可知错误。
4．C 根据短文大意可知只有选项 C 正确，其他选项都与文意相反。
5．C 纵观全文内容可以看出主要是描述生活的变化。
七
Why do people wear clothes The answer will probably be "To make me warm and to cover my body"．That's why people wear clothes，but people also want to look attractive and appear successful to others．
If people only wore clothes for warmth and to cover their bodies，most clothes would be simple and cheap．In many countries，however，clothes are sometimes very expensive．The main reason for this is not the cost of the materials or the cost of making clothes．The clothes are expensive because of fashion．
Successful businessmen，for example，often wear very expensive suits，shirts and ties．So they pay thousands of dollars for a suit and hundreds of dollars for a tie．It's still just a suit and a tie but they pay these prices because of the famous designer．
Fashion is constantly(持续不断地) changing．It means that people who want to be fashionable have to buy new clothes every few months，even if last month's clothes have only been worn once or twice．Some people have boxes full of clothes，but some of these clothes have never been worn．These clothes are no longer in fashion though they are still new．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．People wear clothes to _______．
A．keep warm
B．cover the body
C．look attractive and appear successful to others
D．all of above
( ) 2．Clothes are sometimes very expensive _______．
A．because of the materials
B．because of fashion
C．because of the cost of making clothes
D．all of the above
( ) 3．Successful businessmen pay thousands of dollars for a suit and a tie because of _______．
A．the materials
B．fashion
C．the famous designer
D．the cost of making clothes
( ) 4．Some of these clothes have never been worn because _______．
A．they are new
B．they are out of style
C．they are old
D．they are very expensive
( ) 5．Which of the following sentences is NOT true
A．Fashion is constantly changing．
B．Some people have boxes full of clothes．
C．People buy new clothes every few months because the clothes have been worn once or twice．
D．Successful businessmen often wear very expensive suits，shirts and ties．
答案：
1．D 根据文中第一段可得出结论。
2．D 由文中第二段可以看出前三个选项都是原因。
3．C 由第三段最后一句“they pay these prices because of the famous designer．”可知。
4．B 语义理解题。由文中最后一句中“no longer in fashion”可知是“过时；不时髦”。
5．C 由“It means that people who want to be fashionable have to buy new clothes every few months”可知此句不正确。
八
Two people sit down to play Go(围棋)．One of the players is an old man．He is now 89 years old．He has spent all of his life playing this game．The other person is a young woman．She has been playing Go for only three years．Before this，the woman was an expert at playing computer games．Now she plays Go the same way she played computers — by becoming a machine herself．
They will play many games，until they know who the winner is．The woman shows no feeling but thinking about all the possible ways of placing her next stone．The old man，on the other hand，looks at the movements of her hands and of her face．This has always helped him to win．
He wins the first three games．She wins the next game，and the man is surprised．He has never lost to a woman．The old man worries about the way the young woman is playing the game．He can't read her face；he doesn't understand her way of playing．"The way I think about the game，" says the woman，"is that it is a step for getting what I want．" Again，the old man is surprised．For him，the game is a way of life itself，and not a model of life．
"There is no more beauty any longer．Everything is science and rules．Everything is about winning．Nothing is about playing，" he says．
They can't agree with each other；but it is not necessary．
"Change is a necessary part of life，" thinks the man．
"Playing is as important as winning，" thinks the woman．
They start to play their final game．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．According to the passage，the Go games are played by _______．
A．two Go beginners
B．two Go lovers
C．father and daughter
D．husband and wife
( ) 2．Before the woman plays Go，she was _______．
A．a computer game player
B．a computer science teacher
C．a computer engineer
D．a computer store owner
( ) 3．Which of the following is true according to the passage
A．The old man loses the third game to the woman．
B．The old man wins all the games against the woman．
C．The woman has her own way of playing Go．
D．The woman is very slow in learning how to play Go．
( ) 4．From the passage we can know _______．
A．the old man doesn't care who the winner is
B．the woman pays no attention to the steps
C．the old man learns something from the woman
D．the woman loses the last game to the old man
( ) 5．What is the best title of the passage
A．An Old Go Player
B．A Strange Woman
C．A Boring Game
D．Winning or Playing
答案：
1．B 从短文开头部分及后面可以看出两人是围棋爱好者。
2．A 由 Before this，the woman was an expert at playing computer games．可知。
3．C 此题可用排除法。选项 A、B 根据第三段第一、二句可知不正确；D 也与文意不符。
4．C 从文中可以看出“老人不关心输赢；女人不注意棋步；女人最后输给了老人”都与短文不符。
5．D 纵观全文可以看出老人与女人的观点应是短文的主题。
九
What is happiness I often think about this question．If I ask what it is，some people will laugh at me because they think it is an easy question．I often ask them，"What is happiness " Some of them say to me，"You're foolish．The answer to this easy question is to have a lot of money．"When I get this answer，I don't feel glad．Some will ask me again，"Why " I will say，"Well，having a lot of money isn't a bad thing．At the present time，some people begin to find jobs to make a living．They all want to be the second，the third，the fourth，even the fifth Bill Gates．Maybe they're 2．millionaires now，but are they happy I don't think so．If they want to be another Bill Gates，3．they must spend more time on their jobs and take less care of their families or other things．Though they have a lot of money，I don't think they have a happy life．"
If you want to be a person with a lot of happiness，then try to do like this：
Be a kind，helpful and friendly person．
Be a person with a lot of smiles．
Well，4．the more work，the more rewards．Let's begin to work hard now．Try to be a good person，and then you will not feel sorry for yourself when you are old．5 我认为它对每个人来说是最幸福的。
Working hard is good．But don't forget your friends and your family after work．Spend more time with them and you'll have more happiness．
根据短文内容完成下列各题。
1．When the writer asks what happiness is，why do some people laugh at him
_____________________________________________________________．
2．The word "millionaire" in Chinese means ________．
A．商人 B．医生 C．明星 D．百万富翁
3．将画线部分译成汉语。
________________________________________
4．将画线部分译成汉语。
________________________________________
5．将画线部分译成英语。
________________________________________
答案：
1．Because they think it is an easy question．问题是问人们嘲笑“我”的原因，故根据“some people will laugh at me because they think it is an easy question．”得出结论。
2．D 根据前面提到幸福是有钱，又提到了比尔·盖茨，故可判断是“百万富翁”。
3．他们必须在工作上花费更多的时间，在家庭或其他事情上花很少的时间。 这里关键是要注意 spend 和 take 的用法。
4．劳动越多，回报越多。 此处关键是译好 the more... the more...，其意思为“越……越……”。
5．I think it's the best happiness for everyone．这里是“最幸福的”，故用最高级。Topic Five Plans，Intentions and Festivals，Holidays，Celebrations
计划、愿望与节假日活动
话说中考
本话题也是中考中阅读理解命题的热点，作为新世纪的中学生，有着丰富多彩的业余生活。计划、愿望是人生理想与目标，节假日的活动内容丰富，形式多样……。考试命题真中求新，题型不拘一格。
解题思路：根据不同题型，找准解题方法和技巧，进行答题。
走进中考(重庆·2010)
When you see the girl for the first time，you may think she is a boy．She is very outgoing(外向的)．Who is she Wang Meng，the Chinese top skater．
On the evening of February 26th，2010，Wang Meng first got to the finishing line in 1 minute and 29.213 seconds in the women's 1000 meters short track speed skating final(短道速滑决赛) at the Vancouver Olympic Winter Games(温哥华冬奥会)．After she succeeded in the 500-metre and 3000-metre races，she won her third gold medal this time．With this one China won four gold medals in the women's short track speed skating．That helped China first win the team gold medal in Winter Olympics history．
Just before the final race Wang Meng caught a bad cold and coughed terribly．With the words of "You can，you can do!" she won at last．She said，"I really feel these three gold medals belong to my team，to China．It was with the help of my team that I won the prize．"
Though Wang Meng is only twenty-four，she has been the most successful Chinese skater．We are proud of her and her team．We hope she will be faster in Sochi Olympics in 2014．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．China won gold medals in the women's short track speed skating．
A．2 B．3 C．4 D．5
( ) 2．It took Wang Meng 1 minute and 29.213 seconds to finish the short track speed skating final．
A．women's 1000
B．men's 1000
C．women's 500
D．men's 500
( ) 3．In Wang Meng's opinion，made her win the prize at last．
A．a strong body
B．a bad cold
C．her team's help
D．much exercise
( ) 4．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A．Wang Meng is very outgoing like a boy．
B．Wang Meng is the most successful Chinese skater．
C．Chinese people are proud of Wang Meng and her team．
D．China has got the team gold medal twice in Winter Olympics history．
解析
1．C 由第二段倒数第二句“With this one China won four gold medals...”可知正确答案为 C。
2．A 由第二段第一句“...Wang Meng first got to the finishing line in 1 minute and 29.213 seconds in women's 1000 meters...”可知正确答案为 A。
3．C 由第三段最后两句“I really feel these three gold medals belong to my team... with the help of my team that I won the prize．”可知由于团队的帮助她才获得了成功，故正确答案为 C。
4．D 由第二段最后一句“That helped China first win the team gold medal...”可知 D 项的表述是错误的。
话题专练
一
Mr．Lee was in bed and was trying to go to sleep when he heard the bell ring．He turned on the light and looked at his clock．It was twelve o'clock．"Who can it be at this time of night " He thought．He decided to go and find out．So he got up，put on his dressing gown(浴袍) and went to the door．When he opened the door，there was nobody there．"That is very strange．" Then he went back to his bedroom，took off his dressing gown，got back into bed，turned off the light and tried to go to sleep．
A few minutes later he heard the bell ring again．Mr．Lee jumped out of bed very quickly and rushed to the door．He opened it，but again he found no one there．He closed the door and tried not to feel angry．Then he saw a piece of paper on the floor．He picked it up．There were some words on it："It is now after midnight(午夜)，so it is April Fool's Day(愚人节)．April fool to you!"
"Oh，it was the English boy next door!" Mr．Lee exclaimed(惊叫) and almost smiled．He went back to bed and felt asleep at once．The bell did not ring again．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When did Mr．Lee go to bed
He went to bed _______．
A．before twelve o'clock
B．after twelve o'clock
C．when the bell rang
D．when he saw the boy
( ) 2．Why did he rush to the door when he heard the bell ring the second time
A．He wanted to open the door for the visitor．
B．He wanted to find out who the visitor was．
C．He was afraid of the ring．
D．He was waiting for someone．
( ) 3．From this passage，we learn that we can _______ on April Fool's Day．
A．say "Hello" to each other
B．dance and sing at night
C．play jokes on each other
D．send presents to children
( ) 4．What did Mr．Lee think about the English boy
He thought he ________．
A．was a good boy
B．was friendly with him
C．shouldn't ring the bell at midnight
D．did a dangerous thing just now
( ) 5．How about the English boy according to the passage
A．He is friendly．
B．He is nervous．
C．He was handsome．
D．He was kind．
答案：
1．A 文章第一段的前三个句子就告诉了此题的答案。
2．B 文中“Who can it be at this time of night ”，说明 Mr.Lee 很想知道是谁在午夜时来敲门。
3．C 在愚人节这天，人们可相互开玩笑。
4．B 英国男孩和 Mr.Lee 开玩笑，说明他把 Mr.Lee 看成朋友，所以答案是 B。
5．A 根据短文中男孩和 Mr.Lee 开玩笑，可以看出男孩很友好，所以选 A。
二
Every year there is a Spring Festival in China．Usually it is in January or February．It is the most important festival in China．So before it comes，everyone has to prepare things．They buy pork，beef，chicken，fruits and many other things．And they often make a special kind of food —"dumplings"．It means "come together"．On the day before the festival，parents buy new clothes for their children．Children also buy presents for their parents．On the Spring Festival Eve(除夕)，all the family members come back to their hometown．This is a happy moment．Some sing and dance，some play cards and others get the dinner ready．When they enjoy the meal，they give each other the best wishes for the coming year．They all have a good time．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Which is the most important festival in China
A．The Mid Autumn Festival．
B．Lantern Festival．
C．Children's Day．
D．The Spring Festival．
( ) 2．When is the Chinese Spring Festival usually celebrated
A．In March or April．
B．In May or June．
C．In January or February．
D．In December
( ) 3．________ is the special kind of food for the Spring Festival in China．
A．Chicken B．Dumpling C．Fish D．Fried rice
( ) 4．What's the meaning of the food "dumplings" for Chinese people in the Spring Festival
A．Come together．
B．Help yourself．
C．Look up．
D．Congratulate．
( ) 5．The family ________ when they are having dinner together on the Spring Festival Eve．
A．give each other the best wishes
B．buy each other presents
C．sing，dance
D．play cards
答案：
1．D 根据短文中 It is the most important festival in China．可以看出春节是中国最重要的节日，所以选 D。
2．C 由文章中 Usually it is in January or February．可知中国的春节是在一二月份举行的，所以选 C。
3．B 根据短文内容 they often make a special kind of food — "dumplings"，可知选 B。
4．A 根据文中 It means "come together"，可以看出，Dumplings 是“come together”的象征，所以选 A。
5．A 根据短文最后几句话可以看出，人们在吃饭时互相祝福，所以选 A。
三
What is your favorite holiday Here are some students' opinions．
Sandy from Taiwan says：
My favorite holiday is the Mid-Autumn festival．I always visit my grandfather and grandmother，and we always go to the same restaurant on the mountain to hold jubilation．At night，we always have a barbecue，and watch the moon together．I enjoy it a lot．
Zhenia from Ukraine says：
My favorite day is New Year's Day．We celebrate the new year on the 31st of December．Father Frost comes with his granddaughter on that night．He puts his presents under the New Year Tree．We have a party and stay up until midnight to see the New Year in and the Old Year off．We cook delicious food for the party．People also celebrate Old New Year in our country．It is on the 14th of January．
Yagna from India says：
My favorite day is Deepavali(屠妖节)，which is also called Festival of Lights．People do some cleaning at home and light their oil lamps to thank for the defeat of the bad king．To celebrate it，we also eat sweets and delicious food，wear new clothes，and give presents to our friends and relatives．
Pat from Thailand says：
My name is Pat．My favorite holiday is Songkran．It takes place from the 13th to 15th of April．On the holiday people pour water on each other．It is a lot of fun．People also buy new clothes and they have big parties．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What is Sandy's favorite holiday
A．The Mid-Autumn festival．
B．New Year's Day．
C．Deepavali．
D．Songkran．
( ) 2．The underlined word "jubilation" is closest in meaning to "________"．
A．hope B．celebration C．present D．exercise
( ) 3．What does the underlined word "Songkran" probably mean in Chinese
A．音乐会 B．新年 C．中秋节 D．泼水节
( ) 4．In order to celebrate Deepavali，we can ________．
A．eat sweets and delicious food
B．weal new clothes
C．give presents to others
D．all of the above
( ) 5．Where does Zhenia come from according to the passage
A．Taiwan． B．India． C．Ukraine． D．Thailand．
答案：
1．A 根据第一个学生的话可以确定 Sandy 最喜欢的节日是中秋节，即选 A。
2．B 根据 Sandy 的叙述可知，他们总是去同一个饭店，可以猜测是庆贺节日，所以选 B。
3．D 根据 Pat 的介绍可知在 4 月 13 — 15 日，他们可以把水泼在别人身上，所以确定是泼水节，选 D。
4．D 根据 Yagna 的叙述，可以确定为了庆祝屠妖节，他们可以吃糖和佳肴，可以穿新衣服，可以送别人礼物，所以选 D。
5．C 根据第四段的内容可以找出 Zhenia 是来自乌克兰，即 C。
四
Around the world，people have different traditional foods to celebrate different festivals．Traditional foods also show a new year of good luck and good health：
An English Christmas dinner has a meal of turkey，and it also includes pies and plum puddings(李子布丁)．In Germany，Christmas is celebrated with bread cookies and cakes，which are made like Christmas trees．In France，Christmas dessert is a cake filled with butter cream．
In southern parts of India，there is a three-day festival in mid-January called Pongal．It includes rice and a dish of rice cooked with sugar that is shared with families and friends．
Japan celebrates New Year with a seven-day festival．It begins from January 1st．Food is prepared before the festival so people don't need to cook during the festival．On New Year's Day，various dishes called Osechi ryori(御节料理) are served — each dish is a wish for the New Year．
In most Asian countries，the New Year begins with the first full moon of the first Chinese Lunar(阴历的) month．Each place has its special food to welcome the coming year：People in China prepare their food ahead of time to avoid the possibility that using a knife during New Year's time might "cut luck"，Foods with lucky names are popular，such as fish，which sounds like "surplus(剩余)"．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What do you learn from the passage
A．people have different traditional foods to celebrate different festivals．
B．New Year begins from January 10th in Japan．
C．In France，Christmas dessert is a cake filled with butter．
D．Traditional foods only show a new of good luck．
( ) 2．What did a three-festival in mid-January in southern parts of India
A．Christmas． B．Pongal． C．New Year． D．Lantern Festival．
( ) 3．In Japan，people all like eating _______ on New year's Day．
A．turkey B．dessert C．Osechi ryori D．dumplings
( ) 4．The underlined word "various" in Paragraph 4 can best be replaced by " _______"．
A．different B．same C．expensive D．few
( ) 5．The underlined word "possibility" in Paragraph 5 probably means "________" in Chinese．
A．必须性 B．必然性 C．可变性 D．可能性
答案：
1．A 由第一段的内容可知，人们用不同的传统食物来庆祝不同的节日，所以选 A。
2．B 根据第三段的内容可知在印度南部地区连续三天的节日是 Pongal。
3．C 根据短文第四段的内容可知，在日本的节日里人们习惯吃御节寿司，所以选 C。
4．A 根据第四段的内容可以确定 various 是“各种各样的，丰盛的”，所以选 A。
5．D 根据最后一段内容可知，possibility 是名词，可以推断出是“可能性”，所以选 D。
五
On Thanksgiving Day，most of us will sit down to enjoy a turkey dinner．The bird also shows up on the table at Christmas．How did we start with the tradition of savoring turkeys during the holidays
They were fresh，cheap，and big enough to feed a group of people．Americans like having large poultry(家禽) for celebrations because they don't need to pay a lot for the birds．Cows were more useful alive than dead，and beef wasn't widely offered until the late 19th century．Chicken was more highly regarded than it is today．Venison(鹿肉) would have been another choice，especially during the 17th and 18th centuries．Eating turkey was also a British holiday custom(风俗，习惯) people brought to the New World．
Among the big birds，turkey is the most suitable for Thanksgiving．Turkeys were born in the spring．They spend about seven months eating insects on the farm．By Thanksgiving，they have grown to about 10 pounds．Turkeys are cheaper than geese，which are more difficult to raise，and cheaper by the pound than chickens．Cost is an important factor for holiday shoppers，because people will not prepare just one meal．Thanksgiving Day is the time to bake meal and other types of pies．The foods can last through the winter．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The underlined word "savour" in Paragraph 1 probably means "________" in Chinese．
A．享用 B．欣赏 C．饲养 D．清洁
( ) 2．Why do Americans enjoy eating turkey on Thanksgiving day
A．Turkeys were fresh．
B．Turkeys were big．
C．Turkeys were cheap．
D．All of the above．
( ) 3．How long do turkeys grow to about 10 pounds
A．About three months．
B．About eight months．
C．About one year．
D．About eleven months．
( ) 4．What were more useful alive than dead
A．Turkeys． B．Chicken． C．Cows． D．Geese．
( ) 5．The underlined word "factor" can be replaced by "________"．
A．opinion B．reason C．thought D．thing
答案：
1．A 根据第一段的内容可以推测是“吃，享用”的意思，所以选 A。
2．D 根据第二段内容可知，火鸡味道鲜美，价格低廉，个大，所以人们喜欢吃，即选 D。
3．B 根据第三段的内容可知，火鸡在春天出生，感恩节在 11 月份，所以应该是 8 个月左右的时间长成十磅。
4．C 根据短文内容可知，活着的奶牛比死的更有用，所以选 C。
5．D 由文中 Cost is an important factor for holiday shoppers，可知成本对于销售商来说是重要的事情(因素)，所以选 D。
六
The New Year is one of the happiest holidays in Russia．Christmas was a very important Russian holiday before．However，in the past one hundred years，the New Year has taken its place．
The New Year is also celebrated with a Christmas tree that has begun to be called a New Year tree．Russian people regard the coming year as the beginning of new life，a chance to make dreams come true．There is a tradition to make a wish while drinking champagne(香槟酒)．Actually，champagne is the traditional drink of the first half hour of the New Year．And then beer or vodka(伏特加酒) takes its place．People make a lot of preparations before New Year's Day．They clean their houses and cook a lot of food．
Russian New Year is different from American Christmas．It is usually celebrated with friends while in America Christmas is usually celebrated with family．The New Year party is usually a very happy party with a lot of toasts(干杯，敬酒)，changing clothes，exchanging presents and congratulating each other．
Russians can have a lot of fun on New Year's Day．December 31st is working day，but January 1st and 2nd are holidays，so it is a tradition for people to stay awake all night on New Year's Eve．And even children try not to go to sleep for as long as they can．People go out into the streets at night，light New Year trees and put them all around the town．
阅读短文，根据文章内容判断下列句子正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．New year's Day is not as important as Christmas in Russia．
( ) 2．Russians usually drink beer or vodka first，and then drink champagne．
( ) 3．Russians usually exchange presents during the New Year party．
( ) 4．New Year holidays usually last from December 30th to January 2nd．
( ) 5．Russian New Year is not the same as American Christmas．
答案：
1．F 根据文章第一段的内容可知，以前圣诞节很重要，可是现在新年更重要，所以错误。
2．F 根据第二段内容可知，他们先是喝 champagne，后来又习惯于喝 beer or vodka，确定本句是错误的。
3．T 根据第三段的内容可知，在新年人们通常交换礼物，所以本句正确。
4．F 根据最后一段内容可知，12 月还在工作，1 月 1 — 2 号是新年，所以该题是错误的。
5．T 根据第一段的内容可以确定本句是正确的。
七
Whenever the sun dropped and the blue sky came up，my father and I used to climb the mountain near my house．Walking together，my father and I used to have a lot of conversations through which I learned lessons from his experiences．He always told me，"You should have goals like climbing the mountain．" Without the mountain-climbing that we both enjoyed，we couldn't have enough time to spend together because my father was very busy．I really got a lot from mountain-climbing．It gave me time to talk with my father and to be in deep thought as well as develop my patience(耐力)．
Once we climbed a very high mountain．It was so challenging for me because I was only ten years old．During the first few hours of climbing，I enjoyed the flowers and trees，and the birds' singing，but as time passed，I got a pain in both of my legs．I wanted to quit climbing．In fact，I hated it at that moment，but my father said to me，"You can always see a beautiful sky at the top of the mountain，but you can't see it before you reach the top．Only there at the top，can you see all of the nice things，just like in life．"
At that time，I was too young to understand his words．But later after that，I got new hope and confidence(信心)．I found myself standing at the top of the sky，which was as clear as crystal(水晶)．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The passage tells us that mountain-climbing was ________ for Father and Son．
A．hard B．enjoyable C．painful D．comfortable
( ) 2．The word "quit" in the passage means "_______"．
A．carry on
B．put off
C．give up
D．pick up
( ) 3 Which of the following is similar in meaning to the father's words in the second paragraph
A．You will get all you need at the top of the mountain．
B．The sky is always as clear as crystal．
C．You can find life is full of nice things．
D．Never give up half-way．
( ) 4．We can infer(推断) from the last paragraph that _______．
A．the writer was very successful in his life
B．the writer didn't reach the top of the mountain
C．though the writer was young，he could understand his father
D．the writer used to stop half-way when he climbed the mountain
( ) 5．The best title for the passage is "_______"．
A．Reaching the Top of the Mountain
B．Enjoy the Beautiful Views
C．Conversations between Father and Son
D．Father and I
答案：
1．B 由第一段中 mountain-climbing that we both enjoyed，可知作者和父亲都很喜欢登山。
2．C 根据上文可知，小作者登山一段时间后，腿脚酸痛；和后文的那句话“此时此刻他憎恨登山”可以推断出，作者想放弃登山活动，所以选 C。
3．D 根据短文中父亲的话可知，只有到达山顶，才能看到最美的人间景色，由此可以确定选 D。
4．A 根据最后一段的内容可以推断出作者成功地登上了山顶，暗喻他在人生路上也是成功的，所以选 A。
5．A 根据短文内容可以确定文章的中心是作者从登山中得到人生的启示，即题目为 A。
八
Do you know China's history Do you know Taiwan
Taiwan is a beautiful island．It's in the southeast of China and to the east of Fujian Province．There are many islands in China，but Taiwan is the largest of all．It has an area of about 36000 square kilometers and it has a population of over 32000000．Taiwan is rich in natural resources(资源) and it also has abundant(丰富的) tourism resources，such as Mount Ali．It is famous for its bananas，rice，tea and so on all over the world．① It is so beautiful and the weather is so pleasant that it attracts a lot of travelers from home and abroad．Taiwan has been a part of China since ancient times．Most people of the island come from Fujian and Guangdong Province．The people on both sides of strait(海峡) have a strong wish to unite with our motherland．
We believe that our wish will come true in the near future．
阅读短文，完成下列任务。
任务一：翻译
1．将文中 ① 画线的句子译成汉语。
_________________________________________
任务二：根据短文内容填空，每空一词。
2．Taiwan is famous for its ________，_______，_______，_______，_______ and so on．
任务三：根据短文内容，回答问题。
3．Where is Taiwan
_________________________________________
任务四：根据短文内容，判断正误。
4．Taiwan is the largest island in China．( )
5．Taiwan attracts a large number of tourists from all over the world every year．( )
答案：
1．优美的风景，宜人的气候吸引着来自世界各地的游客。根据短文内容可以确定这句话是说台湾用什么吸引游客的，即翻译成“优美的风景，宜人的气候吸引着来自世界各地的游客。”
2．scenery，tourism，fruits，tea，rice and so on．根据短文内容可以找到它是以风景、旅游、水果、茶、大米等而著名的，可确定其答案。
3．It lies in the southeast of China and to the east of Fujian Province 根据短文可知，台湾位于中国的东南部，福建省的东面是，所以答案很明了。
4．T 根据短文中 There are many islands in China，but Taiwan is the largest of all．可以确定命题是正确的。
5．T 根据短文内容可知，台湾是旅游胜地，所以可以推断出它每年吸引大量的游客，所以该句说法是正确的。
九
Mary picked up a pencil and a piece of paper，saying，"Now，you want to earn money for the autumn camping trip，right " Tom，her brother，nodded．He wasn't able to go last year because he hadn't earned enough money during the summer．This year he came up with a plan．
He made a necklace for his mother that everyone admired．They were surprised to learn that Tom had made it for her．Why not make more necklaces and sell them
"OK"，said Mary，"The first thing you need to do is to figure out(计算) how much you have now．"
"I have $20.00 in the bank and $7.25 in my room，" explained Tom．
"That gives you a total of $27.25．" said Mary，"That is called your capital．The next thing you need to know is how much it will cost you to make each necklace．"
"Well，the pet shop will give me all the feathers the birds lose．I'll have to buy the beads(小珠子) and string，" said Tom．
Mary wrote on the piece of paper：
CAPITAL $27.25
EXPENSES Feathers no cost
String for 10 necklaces $ 2.50
Beads for necklaces + $ 15.00
Total $ 17.50
"How much do you think you can sell such a necklace for " asked Mary．
"Hmm，" Tom looked thoughtfully and said，"There's a shop in town that sells almost the same kind of necklace for $7.50．if I charge $6.00，people will think that's a bargain．"
"OK，If you sell each necklace for $6.00，you'll make a good profit(利润) on each then，" said Mary．
"Hurry!" Tom cried，"If I sell 20 necklaces，I'll have enough from the profit for the camping trip and $10.00 left over．"
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
( ) 1．According to the passage，Mary is ________．
( ) 2．The underlined word "bargain" in this story means "_______"．
( ) 3．The best title for this story is ________．
( ) 4．Tom would have to spend ________ on the camping trip．
( ) 5．How did Tom know how much he would have left over paying for the camping trip
A．He took the cost of the trip from the profit he would make on 20 necklaces．
B．he added the cost of the trip to the profit he would make on 20 necklaces．
C．he asked Mary for this story．
D．he took the cost of each necklace from the amount of money he had to begin with．
答案：
1．helpful 根据短文中的内容可知，Mary 是一个很有爱心的人，所以填 helpful。
2．something sold cheap 根据短文中“There's a shop in town that sells almost the same kind of necklace for $7.50 if I charge $6.00，”的内容，可以推断是“便宜”的意思。
3．How to Earn Money for a Trip 根据短文内容可以推测出重点是讲怎样为旅游而筹备资金，所以确定是 How to Earn Money for a Trip。
4．$75 根据短文内容可知，Tom 买十条项链的资金是 $17.5，那么 20 条就是 $35，每条卖 $6.00，销售完可以得到 $85.00 的利润，确定旅游要花 $75.00。
5．A 根据短文内容可知，Tom 旅游的费用是来自卖完 20 条项链的利润，所以选 A。Topic Four Personal Environments and Interpersonal Relationships
周围环境与人际关系
话说中考
本话题是学生最为熟悉的话题，也是学生看来最为“得心应手”的内容。周围环境与人际关系，主要是讲述发生在身边的事情，然而，越是熟悉的东西越是难点。有些内容似乎合乎逻辑，但有时又违背常理。针对这类型的话题，解题时要通读全文，领略文章大意。
解题思路：在理解的基础上，抓住题眼，找准解题方法，进行答题。
走进中考(河北·2010)
Close your eyes for a minute and imagine what life would be like if you couldn't see．Imagine having to read this page，not with your eyes but with your fingers．How do you feel，then
With medical knowledge and skills today，two-thirds of the world's 42 million blind people should not have to suffer(受苦)．Unluckily，rich countries have this knowledge，but developing countries do not．
ORBIS is an international charitable organization(慈善组织)．Its goal is to help fight blindness all over the world．Inside a DC-8 airplane，there is a teaching hospital with television room and classroom．Doctors are taught the latest technology of helping the blind get sight again here．ORBIS is always trying to keep a closer relation among countries．
ORBIS helps those developing countries by providing sight-saving training．It has taught over 35000 doctors and nurses．They continue to treat thousands of blind people every year．They have travelled around the earth 3 times，visited 76 countries and treated over 20000 blind people．They need your help to continue their work and free people from blindness．
For just $38，you can help one person see，for $380 you can bring sight to 10 people，$1300 helps train a doctor new skills；and for $13000 you can provide a training program for a group of doctors who can make thousands of blind people see again．Your love can help them open their eyes to the world．
1 题判断正误(“T”表示正确，“F”表示错误)；2 题完成句子；3 ～ 4 题简略回答问题；5 题将文中画线句子译成汉语。
( ) 1．Both rich and developing countries have the knowledge of helping blind people．
2．ORBIS' goal is to ___________________．
3．How many doctors and nurses has ORBIS taught
____________________________________________________
4．What can you do for $380 according to passage
____________________________________________________
5．_________________________________________________
解析
1．F 由第二段最后一句“Unluckily，rich countries have this knowledge，but developing countries do not．”可以判断出此句的表述是错误的。
2．help fight blindness all over the world。由第三段第二句“Its goal is to help fight blindness...”可知正确答案。
3．It／ORBIS has taught over 35000 doctors and nurses．／Over 35000(doctors and nurses)．由第四段第二句“It has taught over 35000 doctors and nurses．”可知正确答案。
4．We／I can bring sight to 10 people．／Bring sight to 10 people．由第五段第一句“... for $380 you can bring sight to 10 people”可知正确答案。
5．你(你们)的爱能够帮助他们重见光明。open ones eyes to sth．为固定短语，意为“打开某人的视野”，在本句中根据语境应译为“重见光明”最正确。
话题专练
一
Mr．John Heppell
House of Common
London
AWIAOAA
Monday，10th March，2009
Dear Mr．Heppell，
I'm Sabrina Akhtar studying in a high school and I've noticed that forests are disappearing．
You know，forests are disappearing around the world each year．This is because of many different reasons including farming，tourism(旅游业) pollution，etc．If we stop doing these things，there will be a good future for people of tomorrow．
Now I'm writing to ask you to help stop forests from disappearing．You can help by getting shops to stop selling paper made from trees and changing to tree-free paper(paper not made from trees)．This will keep forests from disappearing．There are many，many things we can do to help forests．If you would like to know more，please visit http：//www．Rain-forestweb.org．By changing the small things，we can make a big difference．
If you would like to contact(联系) me，please see the above address or e-mail me at shazadinol@hotmail.co.uk．
Thank you for spending your time in reading this letter．
Yours sincerely，
Sabrina Akhtar
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The writer of this letter is ________．
A．a student
B．a teacher
C．an officer
D．a driver．
( ) 2．________ is one of the reasons why the forests are disappearing．
A．Rain B．Tourism pollution C．Planting D．Breathing
( ) 3．The writer advises Mr．Heppell to ________．
A．stop shops from using paper any more
B．use paper which is made from trees
C．stop shops selling paper made from trees
D．plant more and more trees in the future
( ) 4．How can Mr．Heppell contact the writer
A．By calling her．
B．By interviewing her．
C．By visiting her．
D．By e-mailing her．
( ) 5．What's the purpose of this letter
A．To know more about Mr．Heppell．
B．To make more about Mr．Heppell．
C．To ask Mr．Heppell to teach in the school．
D．To ask Mr．Heppell to help protect forests．
答案：
1．A 根据书信内容的第一句话可知，作者是一名学生，所以选 A。
2．B 根据第二段的内容可知，森林减少的原因是一些污染造成的，所以选 B。
3．C 根据第三段的内容可知，减少商店出售由树木造成的纸，用来减少污染，所以选 C。
4．D 根据书信中的提示可知，如果想联系作者，可以发送电子邮件，所以选 D。
5．D 根据书信内容可知，作者写信的目的是让 Mr.Heppell 帮助他保护森林。
二
My son，Owen，was angry on holiday with my dad．On the way back to the airport，they stopped at a hotel for the night．They didn't notice that Puppy，my son's pet dog，was lost until the next night when Owen was going to bed．Owen has autism(孤独症)，and he cannot sleep without Puppy．
My dad called the hotel to see if Puppy was there．In fact，someone there had found Puppy and the hotel mailed Puppy to my dad．They hoped that it would reach my son before the flight home．But Puppy didn't make it，and Owen had to go home with my dad alone．The flight home was filled with kind people．A lady saw Owen was upset about Puppy，so she went and bought another dog for him．
I can never thank the hotel enough for sending Puppy back when they did not have to，or the lady at the airport who made Owen feel a little safer．
Owen never forgot about Puppy's trip，so when he got two tickets to a basketball game，he decided to give them to two friends．They were basketball fans and they were going to watch the game outside．Owen told me that Puppy would have never come home if people had not been nice，so he wanted to be nice to others．
Owen opens doors for others，and he is always giving his old toys away to kids who don't have any．Every time he does that，his face lights up with pride．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What was lost on Owen's way back home
A．Owen． B．His toy． C．His pet dog． D．His grandpa's pet．
( ) 2．Whom did the grandfather go home with
A．Owen．
B．Owen and another dog．
C．Puppy．
D．Another dog．
( ) 3．Who got two tickets to a basketball game and watched the game
A．Owen．
B．Owen's grandfather．
C．The lady．
D．Owen's two friends．
( ) 4．According to the passage，how many dogs do Owen have now
A．One． B．Two． C．Three． D．Four．
( ) 5．According to the passage，what do you think of Owen now
A．He still has autism．
B．He is kind and helpful．
C．I don't know．
D．He never helps others．
答案：
1．C 根据第一段的内容可知，Owen 在回家的路上，把他的宠物 Puppy 弄丢了，所以选 C。
2．B 根据第二段的内容可知，Owen 和爷爷在机场时，一位好心的女士给 Owen 买了一条狗，所以可以推断爷爷带着 Owen 和那条狗一起回家的，所以选 B。
3．D 根据第四段的内容可知，Owen 把这两张票给他的朋友了，所以选 D。
4．B 根据短文内容可知，Owen 的宠物 Puppy 也回家了，所以可以推断他现在有两条狗，即选 B。
5．B 根据短文内容可以确定，现在的 Owen 即有朋友，又有爱心，可以确定他不再是个孤僻的孩子，所以选 B。
三
My grandfather is eighty years old．He always complains(抱怨) about how fast things have changed．
He often says that families aren't the families they used to be．A lot of families have broken up(破裂)．If husband and wife have problems with their marriage，they will no longer stay together．And mothers used to stay at home to take care of their children，but now they're busy working．They have no time to look after children at home．What's more，more and more people drive．We used to walk five miles to school every day，even in winter．But now children don't．And in school，children don't have to think more as we used to．In math class，for example，we used to add(加)，subtract(减)，multiply(乘) and divide(除) using our heads．But now most students use calculators．Most families have computers now．In the past，we didn't have computers．We even had no lights．My mother used to spend all day cooking in the kitchen．But now few people eat home-cooked food．And people seldom talk to each other．They are too busy to talk，too busy to eat，too busy to think... Life used to be simple，but it isn't any more．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What does the writer's grandfather think of the life now
A．He thinks the life now is very good．
B．he thinks the life now is worse than it used to be．
C．he thinks the life is the same as it used to be．
D．he thinks people now are much busier than they used to be．
( ) 2．What does the underlined word "calculator" mean in Chinese
A．电脑 B．计算器 C．收音机 D．播放器
( ) 3．What has happened to the children according to the passage
A．Children don't have to think more in school．
B．Students use calculators in math class．
C．Children used to walk to school，but now they don't．
D．All the above．
( ) 4．What changes have happened to some families
① There are lights at home．
② People like to eat home-cooked food．
③ Lots of families have computers．
④ Lots of couples(夫妇) don't live together because of unhappy problems．
A．①②④ B．②③④ C．①②③ D．①③④
( ) 5．Which of the following is true
A．Life now is much simpler．
B．People have too much time to talk with each other now．
C．The writer's grandfather only complains and pays no attention to better life now．
D．Lots of mothers stay at home and look after their children now．
答案：
1．D 由最后一句中 They are too busy to talk，too busy to eat，too busy to think...可知。
2．B 根据短文中讲到在数学课上，过去我们用头脑来计算加减乘除，而现在用计算器，所以可以确定是 B。
3．D 根据短文内容可以知道，学生现在上学不用走着去；数学课可以使用计算器；学生不再像以前的孩子那样考虑太多的问题，所以选 D。
4．D 根据短文内容可以确定现在的家庭，都有电灯，有的家庭还有电脑；由于工作忙很多家庭都不做饭；可见该题选 D。
5．C 根据短文内容可以确定，现在生活节奏快，但是不简单，排除 A；由于工作忙，所以人们没有太多时间聊天，排除 B；现在的妈妈很多都忙于工作，无法照顾孩子，不再是全职妈妈了，也排除 D；只有作者的爷爷只会抱怨，没有注意到现在生活的好处，是符合题意的，所以选 C。
四
How to Choose Colors to Set a Mood
Step 1．
Use bright colors such as apple green to express a feeling of warmth in a bedroom．These colors can warm a cool room that has little sunshine．
Step 2．
If you want to bring about a happy mood in the kitchen，you should choose yellow to add cheer．It can lift your feelings in a kitchen or a laundry room．
Step 3．
Think about red when you want to have an active environment，perhaps in a studying room．
Step 4．
Have cool colors such as green，sky blue around you in a quiet environment，for example，in a bedroom．These colors can cool a room，so they're best used when there's plenty of sunlight to balance the coolness．
Step 5．
Don't think about dark colors where you want to rest．Think about colors such as light gray as they provide a restful influence．They work well in a library or a family room．
step 6．
Set a young，playful mood with red，yellow or blue．They're great in play-rooms．
Step 7．
Paint walls with dark，rich colors such as brick red，deep gray or blue to set a sophisticated tone(高雅的格调)．These deep colors are perfect for a dining or living room．
Step 8．
Don't use bright white as much as possible．It makes a room look like a doctor's room．In most environments，white with a bit of another color is more comfortable．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The article is written to explain ________．
A．how to make different rooms more comfortable with suitable colors
B．how to make your rooms more beautiful
C．how to make your rooms more comfortable
D．how to make your family look like a garden
( ) 2．We should choose ________ when there's plenty of sunlight in a room．
A．warm colors to make a balance
B．cool colors to make a balance
C．yellow to make a balance
D．red to make a balance
( ) 3．Choose yellow in the kitchen in order to ________．
A．add some interest
B．make it more beautiful
C．add some cheer
D．make it more comfortable
( ) 4．Paint your room ________ if you want to be active．
A．red B．gray C．dark D．white
( ) 5．If you want to give your living room a sophisticated tone，you should paint the walls with ________．
A．green colors
B．yellow colors
C．red colors
D．dark colors
答案：
1．A 根据 How to Choose Colors to Set a Mood 可以知道根据场所可以选择合适的颜色，使其更舒服，更美观，所以选 A。
2．B 根据 Step 4 可知，在光线充足的房间，应该选择冷色来保持平衡，所以选 B。
3．C 根据 Step 2 可知，在厨房里涂上黄色，可以给你带来快乐的情绪，所以选 add some cheer。
4．A 根据 Step 6 可知，如果想使房间充满活力，最好是用红色，所以选 A。
5．D 由 Step 7 可知，如想让客厅有高雅的格调，最好用暗色调的颜色，即选 D。
五
Young people and older people do not always agree．They sometimes have different ideas about living，working and playing．But in one special program in New York State，adults and teenagers live together in a friendly way．
Each summer 200 teenagers and 50 adults live together for eight weeks as members of a special work group．Everyone works several hours each day．They do so not just to keep busy but to find meaning and fun in work．Some teenagers work in the forests or on the farms near the village．Some learn to make things like tables and chairs and to build houses．The adults teach them these skills．
There are several free hours each day．Weekends are free，too．During the free hours some of the teenagers learn photo-taking or drawing．Others sit around and talk or sing．Each teenager chooses his own way to pass his free time．
When people live together，they should have rules．In this program the teenagers and the adults make the rules together．If someone breaks a rule，the problem goes before the whole group．They talk about it and ask，"Why did it happen What should we do about it "
One of the teenagers has said something about it，"You have to stop thinking only about yourself．You learn how to think about the group．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．In one special program in New York State，young and older people ________．
A．don't work well together
B．are friendly to each other
C．teach each other new ways of building houses
D．spend eight weeks together，working as farmers
( ) 2．All the members work some time every day mainly to ________．
A．lead a busy life
B．learn new skills of farming
C．get used to the life on the farms
D．find useful things and pleasure in work
( ) 3．Living together，________．
A．the teenagers don't have to obey the rules
B．the members have to obey the rules the adults make
C．the members have no free time but on weekends
D．the members should not break the rules they make together
( ) 4．The best title for the passage is _______．
A．The Rules of Living Together
B．Life in New York State
C．Teenagers and Adults Together
D．Free Hours in the Special Work Group
( ) 5．What should we learn from the article
A．We should only think about our parents．
B．We should think ourselves more than others．
C．We should think about others more than ourselves．
D．We should learn to organize a special work group like them，too．
答案：
1．B 根据第一段的内容可知，在纽约年轻人和老年人之间能友好地相处，所以选 B。
2．D 根据“Everyone works several hours each day．They do so not just to keep busy but to find meaning and fun in work．”可以确定答案是 D。
3．D 根据倒数第二段内容可知，群体成员都要遵守群体规则，所以选 D。
4．A 根据短文内容可以确定这篇文章的题目为共同生活的原则，其他三个都有片面性，一个是讲纽约州的生活；一个是讲年轻人和老年人；另一个是讲纽约州的自由群体，所以选 A。
5．C 根据这篇文章我们可以从中学到生活中要友好待人，所以选 C。
六
Once upon a time，there was a garden in the village．Its owner was an old man．He had been away for several years to visit his friends．It was a large lovely garden with soft green grass and beautiful flowers．While the old man was away，some children came to play in the garden every afternoon．The birds in the garden sang so sweetly that the children used to stop their games to listen to them．For them，the time they spent there was the happiest they had ever had．
One day the old man came back．When he saw the children playing in his garden，he was very angry．"What are you doing here " he shouted．"Nobody but myself is allowed to play in my garden．" The children were terrified and ran away．
Then spring came，but it was still winter in the old man's garden．There were blossoms(花) and birds all over the village，except in the garden．The birds didn't like singing in his garden，since there were no children．
"Why is spring arriving so late this year " the old man thought．"How pretty it would be if it were spring now!"
One morning，the old man was woken up by some sounds．He heard birds singing and children laughing．When he opened the window，he saw the birds sitting in the trees and the children running about happily．"I'm sure spring has come．What I'm seeing is the most spellbinding scene(场景) I have ever seen，and the sounds which I'm hearing are the most beautiful in the world，" said the old man．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When the children were enjoying themselves in the garden，the old man _______．
A．was happy to watch them
B．was away to visit his friends
C．pretended that he didn't see them
D．was angry but didn't drive them off
( ) 2．What did the children think the old man was like
A．Kind． B．Creative． C．Outgoing． D．Terrible．
( ) 3．What does the underlined sentence "Then spring came，but it was still winter in the old man's garden" mean
A．Spring didn't arrive at the old man's garden．
B．The old man hoped it would always be winter in his garden．
C．There was no sign(迹象) of the arrival of spring in the old man's garden．
D．The weather in the old man's garden was different from that in the other parts of the village．
( ) 4．The underlined word "spellbinding" in the passage means "________" in Chinese．
A．迷人的 B．无聊的 C．普通的 D．丑陋的
( ) 5．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A．The old man's garden was small but pretty．
B．The old man didn't like the birds in his garden．
C．The old man was anxious for a peaceful life．
D．The birds and the children made the old man's garden full of life again．
答案：
1．B 根据第一段的内容可知，老人去拜访朋友的这段时间，成了孩子们在花园里最快乐的时光，所以选 B。
2．D 根据第二段的内容可知，老人不友好，很可怕，所以选 D。
3．C 根据下文可知，花园中的花儿没有开放，鸟儿也不来做客，所以确定选 C。
4．A 根据最后一段的内容可知，花园中鸟儿在叫，孩子们在嬉戏，春天来了，可以确定是一片迷人的景象，所以选 A。
5．D 根据短文内容可以确定是孩子和鸟儿让他的花园充满活力，所以选 D。
七
A few minutes ago，walking back from lunch，I started to cross the street when I heard the sound of a coin dropping．As I turned，my eyes caught the heads of several other people turning，too．
The sound of a coin dropping on the ground is an attention-getter．Whatever the coin is，no one ignores(忽视) the sound of it．It got me thinking about sounds again．
We are circled by so many sounds that attract the most attention．People in New York City seldom turn to look when a police car comes ringing along the street．
When I'm in New York，I'm a New Yorker．I don't turn either．
At home in my little town in Connecticut(康涅狄格州)，it's different．The distant ringing of a police car brings me to my feet if I'm in bed．
It's the quietest sounds that the most effect on us，not the loudest．In the middle of the night，I can hear a dripping tap a hundred yards away though three closed doors．How come I never hear the sounds in the daytime
I'm quite clear in my mind what the good sounds are and what the bad sounds are．
I've turned against whistling(吹口哨)，for instance．I used to think of it as the mark of a happy worker．But lately，I've been connecting(联系) the whistler with a nervous person making noises．
The tapping(轻敲) of my typewriter as the keys hit the paper is a lovely sound to me．I often like the sound of what I write better than the looks of it．But whatever sounds there will be，and whether we love them or not，we can't break away from them in our life．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The sound of a coin dropping makes people ________．
A．think of getting rich
B．look at each other
C．pay attention to it
D．stop crossing the street
( ) 2．People in New York _______．
A．don't pay attention to the ringing of a police car
B．sleep early at night
C．are attracted by sounds
D．don't hear loud noises
( ) 3．The writer doesn't like whistling because _______．
A．he is tired of it
B．he used to be happier
C．it lets him think of a nervous man making noises
D．he doesn't like workers
( ) 4．The writer ________．
A．sleeps next to the window
B．comes from a small town in Connecticut
C．is interested in the ringing of a police car
D．likes to try find dropped coins
( ) 5．How does the writer feel about sounds in general
A．They make him feel at home．
B．He thinks they should be ignored．
C．He doesn't like any sound．
D．He believes they are part of our life．
答案：
1．C 根据第一段的内容可知，硬币的声音最能吸引人的注意，所以选 C。
2．A 根据第三、四段的内容可知，生活在大城市的人习惯了警车的汽笛声，所以不会去注意它，即该题选 A。
3．C 根据倒数第二段的内容可知，作者不喜欢吹口哨，因为他认为是精神有问题的人制造噪音，所以选 C。
4．B 根据 At home in my little town in Connecticut 可知，作者来自康涅狄格州的一个小镇，所以选 B。
5．D 根据短文内容可以确定声音是我们生活中的一部分，所以选 D。
八
One Saturday，just after exams were over，Helen decided to go shopping．"I must get some pants for the holidays，" she said to herself．"I've got nothing that l can take with me! I'll need some thin pants because it'll be hot，but not so thin that they will tear and possibly a dark color because I'll be doing a lot of traveling on long-distance buses．"
After breakfast，Helen took the bus into town．Usually she went clothes shopping with her friend Amanda．They enjoyed looking at clothes together and it was always a good idea to get a second opinion．However，this day was different．"I know what I need，so I don't want to waste any time．"
And then Helen went to her favorite shop but they didn't have the right kind of pants for her．They were either too light or too heavy or white or light grey．So she tried two more shops but without any luck．Then she walked into "Off Your Butt"．She didn't usually shop there because the clothes were too expensive for her．
Helen picked out a pair of pants．They looked just right deep dark blue，and the material was strong but not heavy．She took two different sizes into the changing room and tried them both on．She looked at herself in the mirror，sat down and finally bent down(弯曲) to touch the floor．"I'll take the larger size，" she said to the shop assistant(店员)．'It's horrible(可怕的) sitting for hours in a bus if your pants are too tight，" she thought．"I'd prefer them big rather than beautiful．"
Oh! She'd forgotten to look at the price．My goodness! They were more than she had wanted to pay! Did she have enough money It was too late．The assistant was already ringing up the sum on the till(收银机)．Then Helen had a nice surprise．"Really So cheap Have you got the price right I thought they were $31 on the sale's ticket．"
"You're right，they were．But everything is half-price this week．We're getting the new stock(货) for the autumn next week．" "That was lucky!" said Helen，"I'll get a second pair．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The passage tells us that Helen ________．
A．wanted to buy lots of different pants
B．had to buy some new pants
C．wanted to go shopping with Amanda，but couldn't
D．didn't know what kind of pants she wanted
( ) 2．How many shops did Helen go into
A．One． B．Two． C．Three． D．Four．
( ) 3．How many pairs of pants did Helen try on and buy finally
A．She tried on one and bought one．
B．She tried on one and bought two．
C．She tried on two and bought one．
D．She tried on two and bought two．
( ) 4．Why did Helen shop in the "Off your Butt" since the clothes in the shop were too expensive for her
A．Because the clothes there were very beautiful．
B．Because the clothes there were very expensive．
C．Because the clothes there were very cheap．
D．Because she could have a better choice．
( ) 5．At first Helen wanted to buy _______ pants，but at last she decided to buy _______ one．
A．thin，big
B．colored，lighter
C．tight，beautiful
D．strong，big
答案：
1．B 根据文章第二段内容可知，是从作者口中得知的，所以选 B。
2．D 根据短文可知，第 1 家：her favorite shop；第 2、3 家：two more shops：第 4 家：Off Your Butt，后面的故事都发生在这家商店。
3．D Helen 在试衣间试了两条裤子，决定买一条；决定买第二条是因为该店半价优惠销售。
4．D 根据短文中提到 Helen 在前三家店，没有找到合适的裤子，所以可以在第四家店进行更多的选择。
5．A 一开始，Helen 的想法是 some thin pants，在 “Off Your Butt”店里，Helen 挑的裤子质地 Strong but not heavy，同时后面的“I'd prefer them big than beautiful．”说明她改变了注意，买宽松的裤子，为了坐车方便。
九
I admire the police because they have a hard job to do．When they leave home they don't know if they will return．Every time they get a call or they stop a car，they are very 1 because they never know what is going to happen．
I admire the volunteers at my school．They help the teacher to teach us how to read，write，and do math．They try to make it easier for us to understand what we are learning．When we make mistakes they don't look down on us．They are very patient with us．This means a lot．I am so glad that these people spend their time helping us．
I admire teachers who work with those people with learning problems．They must have a lot of patience and love their jobs very much．I know some days are bad and some days are good，but they keep on trying．Many hours are spent in the classroom．This is why I admire them．
I admire firemen．Every time there is a fire，they put their lives in danger．Firemen have to go into burning buildings to save people's lives．Sometimes they do not know if they will get out safely．Sometimes the smoke is so heavy that they can't see or breathe．Firemen are so strong．I really admire them．
阅读短文，完成下列任务。
任务一：在文章中空白处填上适当的词，使句意完整、正确。
1．____________________________________________________
任务二：从文中找出与下列句子意义相近的句子。
2．they have no idea whether they will come back．
____________________________________________________
3．The smoke is too heavy for the firemen to see or breathe．
____________________________________________________
4．They don't stop trying．
____________________________________________________
任务三：将文中画线的句子译成汉语。
5．____________________________________________________
答案：
1．careful 根据下文的原因可以确定是“关心的，在意的”，即 careful。
2．They don't know if they will return．根据句意可以知道是“他们能否回来自己也不知道”，所以确定在第一段中“When they leave home they don't know if they will return．”答案是 They don't know if they will return．。
3．The smoke is so heavy that they can't sce or breathe．根据题意可知，“烟雾太重，他们不能看，也不能呼吸”，确定答案在最后一段中，即 The smoke is so heavy that they can't see or breathe．意思相近。
4．They keep on trying．根据题意可知，是“他们不停地试着解释”与文章中第三段对教师工作的一种解释与赞赏，所以可以用“They keep on trying．”来解释。
5．我很高兴这些人花时间来帮我们。根据第二段的内容容易确定该句的意思为“我很高兴这些人能帮助我们”。Topic Thirteen Topical Issues 热点话题
话说中考
在我们的生活中少不了谈论我们身边所发生的事情。我们所身处的社会是一个资讯发达的社会，我们很容易获取其他地方的信息。所以近几年来国内以及世界各国人们所谈论的热点话题常常成为中考的热点考点。但是由于这些话题涉及很多不同类型的词汇，所以要求学生具有较大的词汇量。因此，面临着中考冲刺的你，不妨在扩大自己的词汇量的同时，多做这一方面的阅读练习。
走进中考(厦门·2010)
Recently，Chinese netizens(网民) enjoy themselves on "growing and stealing crops" on the Internet．This is a game called "Happy Farms"．Now more and more people are joining in the game and getting addicted．Because of this game，some players have been fired(解雇)，lovers have broken up，but none of them can stop Happy Farms from becoming more popular．
Here we interviewed some young netizens and let's see what their opinions were．
Nongmin：Playing Happy Farms at work，that's terrible! A clerk was fired because she was online playing it at work．
King：I find that all the dreams of having houses and fields，which are very hard to get in real life，are very easy to be realized in the game．I think I know the reason why the game is so popular．
Kaixin：We have to know how to control ourselves．We should keep our minds on study．Games are just games．I prefer to play sports with my classmates when I am free．
Kitty，I like Happy Farms．My high-pressure work makes me feel like I can't breathe(呼吸)．I wish I could have a real house and farm，but it seems so far away．I have to turn to virtual(虚拟) nature for my own house and farm．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．From this passage，we know that "Happy Farms" is a _______ game．
A．boring B．popular C．dull
( ) 2．In the first paragraph，the underlined phrase "get addicted" means "_______"．
A．be sorry to
B．be afraid of
C．be crazy about
( ) 3．Nongmin told us a／an _______ story about playing the game at work．
A．shocking B．exciting C．relaxing
( ) 4．From Kaixin's words，we can guess that he is most probably a _______．
A．farmer B．worker C．student
( ) 5．_______ have the similar idea about the game．
A．Nongmin and King
B．King and Kitty
C．Kaixin and Kitty
解析
1．B 根据“...but none of them can stop Happy Farms from becoming more popular．”可知正确答案为 B。
2．C 根据“Because of this game，some players have been fired...”可知是对 addicted 的详细表述，故正确答案为 C。
3．A 由文中“...that's terrible! A clerk was fired because...”可以判断出是 shocking story，故正确答案为 A。
4．C 根据“We should keep our minds on study．”可以判断 Kaixin 是学生。
5．B 根据“...which are very hard to get in real life，”和“I wish I could have a real house and farm，but it seems so far away．”可知 King 和 Kitty 的观点是一致的，故正确答案为 B。
话题专练
一
If You Are the OneQin Fen is a returned student(回国留学生)．The film consists of stories between him and several ladies．Type：ComedyShowtime：December 22，2009Running time：115 minsDirector：Feng XiaogangStars：Ge You，Shu QiPrice：￥60Place：Sunshine Theatre
BoltFor Superdog，every day is filled with danger．Type：ComedyShowtime：December 21，2009Running time：96 minsDirector：Chris WilliamsStars：John Travolta，Miley CyrusPrice：￥55Place：Showcase Theatre
Nobel SonBarkely Michaelson is trying to finish his doctoral dissertation(博士论文) when his father wins the Nobel prize for chemistry．Type：Black ComedyShowtime：December 5，2009Running time：110 minsDirector：Randall MillerStars：Alan Rickman，Bryan GreenbergPrice：￥50Place：Sunshine Theatre
Forever EnthralledMei Lanfang is a famous Peking Opera star．The film is about three periods of his life．Type：Biopic(传记片)Showtime：December 5，2009Running time：150 minsDirector：Chen KaigeStars：Li Ming，Zhang ZiyiPrice：￥70Place：Showcase Theatre
根据短文内容选出正确的答案。
( ) 1．The film If You Are the One is on on _______．
A．November 21，2009
B．December 21，2009
C．December 5，2009
D．December 22，2009
( ) 2．What film can I watch if I have only 50 yuan
A．Forever Enthralled．
B．Bolt．
C．Noble Son．
D．If You Are the One．
( ) 3．How long is the film Bolt
A．1 hr．55 mins．
B．1 hr．36 mins．
C．1 hr．50 mins．
D．1 hr．34 mins．
( ) 4．Which of the following is TRUE
A．The director of If You Are the One is Feng Xiaogang．
B．Bolt is being shown at the Sunshine Theatre．
C．Alan Rickman is an actor in Forever Enthralled．
D．Forever Enthralled is a black comedy．
( ) 5．Where can you probably see the above information
A．In a storybook．
B．In a dictionary．
C．In a report．
D．In a film magazine．
答案：
1．D 由表格第一部分电影的“Showtime：December 22，2009”可知。
2．C 由表格中 Noble Son 的有关信息可知。
3．B 由表格中 Bolt 的有关信息可知。
4．A 通读表格可知。
5．D 通读表格可知。
二
Good news for Super Junior-M fans：the Korean band's new mini-album(迷你专辑) is coming out．Earlier this month，they released(发行) the new song Super Girl on the Internet．
"We are happy to meet the fans of our new album，" the group said．"We worked hard... we ask for your support(支持) and love．"
Super Junior-M came to China last April with their first album Me．They have members from both China and the Republic of Korea (韩国)．It's the first group of its kind in China．
Why Super Junior-"M"
"M" means the word "Mandarin(普通话)"．The group wants to become successful in the Chinese(华语的) music market，not only in China．
Music today
Name of the _______ (1) Super Junior-M
Country _______ (2)
Date of the song Super Girl released _______ (3)
When the team went to China They came to China _______ (4) with their first album．
Hopes of the team They hope they will be _______ (5) in the chinese music market．
答案：
1．band 由文章的“Good news for Super Junior-M fans：the Korean band's new mini-album is coming out．”可知。
2．Korea 由文章的“the Korean band's new mini-album(迷你专辑) is coming out．”可知。
3．Earlier this month 由文章的“Earlier this month，they released the new song Super Girl on the Internet．”可知。
4．last April 由文章的“Super Junior-M came to China last April with their first album Me．”可知。
5．successful 由文章的“The group wants to become successful in the Chinese(华语的) music market，not only in China．”可知。
三
Susan Boyle has her own US television programme because her album I Dreamed A Dream became the year's fastest seller．
The Susan Boyle Story will be put on the TV Guide Channel in the US on December 13，and will follow her special journey from obscurity(默默无名) to globally famous．It will contain performances from interviews of Boyle with friends and her supporters(支持者)．
The 48-year-old lady is expected to sell 400000 copies of her album by the end of the week，becoming the biggest and fastest-selling album of 2009．It sold 130000 on its first day．
Gennaro Castaldo of HMV said："People of all ages seem to be buying it，and it's going to be one of the best gifts this Christmas．Susan's accomplished performance on The X Factor made her album more popular．"
She said that one of the songs on her album，a cover of Madonna's You'll See，was a message to the school bullies(坏蛋) who once made fun of her．
根据短文内容选出正确的答案。
( ) 1．Susan has her own programme because _______．
A．she is a good host
B．she was famous in the world
C．her CD became the fast seller in the UK
D．she often helps others
( ) 2．Susan's programme is not about _______．
A．her journey to be successful
B．her interviews
C．her friends and her supporters
D．the stories of her school lives
( ) 3．What is the correct order for the following sentences
a．Susan is expected to sell 400000 albums．
b．Susan accomplished a performance on The X Factor．
c．Susan published her album I Dreamed a Dream．
A．abc B．cba C．bca D．cab
( ) 4．According to Gennaro Castaldo，what made Susan's album more popular
A．Her performance on The X Factor．
B．Her songs in her album．
C．Her TV programme．
D．The stories about her school life．
( ) 5．What is the passage mainly about
A．People in England．
B．Christmas gifts．
C．The latest news about the singer．
D．Students' lives
答案：
1．C 由文章的第一句可知。
2．D 通读第二段可知。
3．D 通读全文可知。
4．A 由文章的 Susan's accomplished performance on The X Factor made her album more popular．可知。
5．C 通读全文可知。
四
On the afternoon of May 12，2008，when Liao Zhi was playing with her 10-month-old daughter at home，the building began to shake．"I carried my daughter in my arms and wanted to go downstairs．But when my mother-in-law opened the door，the building collapsed in a flash(瞬间倒塌)．"
Liao was saved on the night of May 13，but her mother-in-law and her baby daughter died．What's worse，Liao's calves were severely hurt in the earthquake and her legs had to be cut off at the knee．
What does this mean to a dancer "At first I thought I wouldn't be able to dance anymore，and my life would become very hard，" Liao said．"But when I see that my family and friends care so much about me，I decided not to let them down．" She first learned to turn over in bed without help，and later，when she felt better，she began practicing dancing on the bed．
Months later，Liao put on artificial limbs(假肢)．She smiled and said to her mother，"Tomorrow I will be able to walk，and before long，I will dance again．"
The ruthless earthquake has taken away a lot of things，but it could never take away the hope of life．
根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．The earthquake happened when Liao Zhi was playing at home．
( ) 2．Liao Zhi had left the house before the house collapsed．
( ) 3．Only Liao Zhi's mother-in-law died in the earthquake．
( ) 4．For Liao Zhi she will dance again in the near future．
( ) 5．According to the passage，even if the earthquake is very ruthless，people will never give up their hopes．
答案：
1．T 由文章的“On the afternoon of May 12，2008，when Liao Zhi was playing with her 10-month-old daughter at home，the building began to shake．”可知。
2．F 由文章的“I carried my daughter in my arms and wanted to go downstairs．But when my mother-in-law opened the door，the building collapsed in a flash．”可知。
3．F 由文章的“Liao was saved on the night of May 13，but her mother-in-law and her baby daughter died．”可知。
4．T 通读第四段可知。
5．T 通读全文可知。
五
CHINA is going to have its second Disneyland．The first is in Hong Kong．The new one will be in Shanghai．If you like adventures，shows and cartoons，you'll have a lot of fun there．Our American friend Ariel is going to share her experience at Walt Disney World．Enjoy!
When I was 14 and my sister was 11，my aunt took us to Walt Disney World in Florida，US．
At the Magic Kingdom，we visited a beautiful castle．It turned colors at night．We took pictures with Mickey Mouse．
At the Hollywood Studios Park，our favorite ride was "Tower of Terror"．We got on an elevator in a haunted(闹鬼的) hotel．The elevator took us to the top of the building．Suddenly，it dropped! We cried out loud．When the ride was over，we got back in line to do it again．
I loved EPCOT Park best．There are lots of pavilions(临时展览馆)．They show countries from all around the world．In a few hours，we visited China，France，Italy，Mexico and more．
I had a great time at Disney World．But I don't want to spend another vacation there．At EPCOT I got a glimpse(一瞥) of so many different countries．Now I'd like to travel the world and visit them one by one．
根据短文内容回答以下问题。
1．Where will the second Disneyland be in China
___________________________________________________
2．Who did Ariel go with when he visited Disneyland at the age of 14
___________________________________________________
3．Why did they cry out loud when they took an elevator ride
___________________________________________________
4．If one wants to travel all around the world in a short time，where can he go
___________________________________________________
5．What is the correct order of the following places
a．Hollywood Studios Par
b．The Magic Kingdom
c．The whole world
d．EPCOT
A．abdc B．badc C．bcad D．acbd
答案：
1．The second Disneyland will be in Shanghai．
由文章的“The new one will be in Shanghai．”可知。
2．He went to Disneyland with his sister and his aunt．
由文章的“When I was 14 and my sister was 11，my aunt took us to Walt Disney World in Florida，US．”可知。
3．Because the elevator took them to the top of the building and suddenly it dropped!
由文章的“The elevator took us to the top of the building．Suddenly，it dropped!”可知。
4．He can go to EPCOT Park．
由文章的“I loved EPCOT Park best．There are lots of pavilions．They show countries from all around the world．”可知。
5．B 通读全文可知。
六
It snowed heavily last week in northern China．Big snows fell on Beijing，Hebei，Shanxi，Ningxia and Xinjiang．For many cities，it was the biggest snowfall in 50 years．The snow made traveling hard．Many schools had to close for days．
Jia Aizhen，14，lives in Taiyuan，Shanxi．She should have a mid-term(期中的) test on Wednesday．Because of the snow，they had the test on Sunday instead．
"It was good because we had more time to review(复习) our lessons，" said Jia．She enjoyed the snow．It was as deep as 15cm and came halfway up her leg．"I felt peaceful(平和的) and relaxed(放松的) to see the white snowy world．"
Kang Xinyi，13，and Wang Danyang，13，are classmates at Shijiazhuang No.43 Middle School in Hebei．Their school stopped on Wednesday．Kang said the snow in the yard was as deep as 40cm．
"It was so good we didn't have to go to school!" said Kang．Kang，Wang and another friend had a snowball fight(打雪仗) and made snowmen．They also helped clear snow off the roads．
"I never saw such a big snow，" said Wang．"Last year we only made a small snow panda，but this year our snowman is as tall as 1 meter!"
"If the snow didn't make trouble for traffic(交通)，we would hope it would never stop!" said the girls．
A report of the snow
_______ (1)，there was heavy snow in China．Big snows fell on Beijing，Hebei，Shanxi，Ningxia and Xinjiang．It was the biggest snowfall in _______ (2) years in many places．The snow caused many troubles in people's lives． Jia Aizhen，who lives in Taiyuan，said she should have a _______ (3) test on Wednesday．Because of the snow，she had the test on Sunday． Kang Xinyi and Wang Danyang are _______ (4) at Shijiazhuang No.43 Middle School in Hebei．Their school stopped on Wednesday．They had a snowball fight，made snowmen and helped _______ (5) off the roads．
答案：
1．Last week 由文章的“It snowed heavily last week in northern China．”可知。
2．50 由文章的“For many cities，it was the biggest snowfall in 50 years．”可知。
3．mid-term 由文章的“She should have a mid-term test on Wednesday．”可知。
4．classmates 由文章的“Kang Xinyi，13，and Wang Danyang，13，are classmates at Shijiazhuang No.43 Middle School in Hebei．”可知。
5．clear snow 由“They also helped clear snow off the roads．”可知。
七
Obama Has a Good Time at the Great Wall REUTERS
Obama had a four-day visit to China last week．He had a very busy schedule(日程)．
(1) _______．When a leader visits another country，he or she sometimes goes to the country's most famous places．It is to show respect to the local culture．For the leaders，it's also a good time to relax．He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man．
(2) _______．Obama spent 50 minutes in the Forbidden City on Tuesday．
(3) _______．He said，"I will come back with my girls and my wife．"
(4) _______．There，he enjoyed a moment of peace．
"It's magical(不可思议的)．It reminds(使想到) you of the sweep(进程) of history，" Obama said about the Great Wall．
根据文章内容填入合适的句子。
a．President Barack Obama is a true man．
b．He thinks the Forbidden City is a "magnificent(华丽的) place to visit"．
c．But he still spent some time visiting the Forbidden City and the Great Wall．
d．On Wednesday afternoon，he took a quick tour of the Great Wall at Badaling．
(1) _______ (2) _______ (3) _______ (4) _______
答案：
1．c 由文章的“He had a very busy schedule”可知。
2．a 由文章的“He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man．”可知。
3．b 由上下文可知。
4．d 由文章的第二段可知。
八
At just 16 years of age，Liu Shasha has taken the pool world by storm．The newcomer has become the youngest world 9-ball champion(冠军) by defeating 40-year-old Karen Corr of Britain．
On November 22，the Women's World 9-Ball Championship took place in Shenyang．In one semifinal，Corr beat Chinese Fu Xiaofang 9-8 to win her place in the final．In the other match，Liu managed to defeat China's biggest cue-wielding(挥球杆的) star Pan Xiaoting by the same 9-8 score for an appointment with Corr in the finals．
Liu was born in the countryside of Lankao．Henan Province．Four years ago she chose to leave school after finding her Junior 1 studies difficult．"Maybe I can work on the ball game，" she told her parents．
With her parents' permission(许可)，Liu followed in the footsteps of her neighbor Fu Xiaofang and began to play pool．Her talent was soon _______．"It's my only hope，so I have to focus．This is the only way I'll achieve success，" Liu said．
As the new world champion，Liu set her career in motion(开动) in grand style．Yet as her coach Zhang Shuchun warned，"She has a long way to go in the pool world．Her journey has just started．"
根据短文内容选出正确的答案。
( ) 1．Liu won the Women's World 9-Ball Championship by defeating the _______ British player．
A．forty-five-year-old
B．forty-year-old
C．thirty-nine-year-old
D．thirty-six-year-old
( ) 2．The score between Liu and Pan Xiaoting is _______．
A．8-9 B．10-12 C．9-8 D．13-12
( ) 3．Why did Liu leave school when she was 12 years old
A．Because she found her study difficult．
B．Because she found school life boring．
C．Because she wanted to get some training．
D．Because her family was poor．
( ) 4．The missing word in Paragraph 4 maybe "_______"．
A．found B．invented C．raised D．discovered
( ) 5．According to Liu's coach，Liu _______．
A．never goes on taking part in other ball matches
B．stops training and has a rest
C．has to work hard in her game
D．wants to get another kind of training
答案：
1．B 由文章的“The newcomer has become the youngest world 9-ball champion by defeating 40-year-old Karen Corr of Britain．”可知。
2．C 由文章的“Liu managed to defeat China's biggest cue-wielding(挥球杆的) star Pan Xiaoting by the same 9-8 score for an appointment with Corr in the finals．”可知。
3．A 由文章的“Four years ago she chose to leave school after finding her Junior 1 studies difficult．”可知。
4．D 由文章的“Her talent”可知。
5．C 由文章的“She has a long way to go in the pool world．Her journey has just started．”可知。
九
Millions of people went out in the streets of Manhattan，New York，Thursday morning for the 83rd Annual Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade(游行)．
"We've been wanting to see this parade for years，and we finally made it，" said Jacquesa de Villepin，a tourist from France，with his twin daughters and wife standing around him．"My kids shouted so happily when they saw the familiar cartoon faces passing by，" he said．"My wife and I enjoyed the parade as well．"
The Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade is an annual parade presented by Macy's．It is one of the world's largest department stores and it produces the annual event．Since 1924，this famous parade has been held on the streets of New York City．
The parade，which began at 9 a.m．and ended at around 12 p.m．Eastern Time，bypassed Broadway for the first time this year to avoid pedestrian plazas at Times and Herald Squares．
This year，Spider-man returned to the Parade for the first time in 10 years．Mickey Mouse appeared as a sailor．In addition to the big balloons，there were 1500 cheerleaders(仪仗队指挥)，800 clowns(小丑)，10 marching bands(游行队伍)．
根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．The 2009 Parade is the Eighty-third Annual Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade in America．
( ) 2．According to Jacquesa，his kids were very excited when they saw the cartoons faces．
( ) 3．The Parade lasted for 3 hours．
( ) 4．Spider-man hasn't been in the Parade for 20 years．
( ) 5．This Parade was held on the streets of New York city．
答案：
1．T 由文章的“...Thursday morning for the 83rd Annual Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade．”可知。
2．T 由文章的“My kids shouted so happily when they saw the familiar cartoon faces passing by．”可知。
3．F 由文章的“The parade，which began at 9 a.m．and ended at around 12 p.m．”可知。
4．F 由文章的“This year，Spider-man returned to the Parade for the first time in 10 years．”可知。
5．T 由文章的“this famous parade has been held on the streets of New York City．”可知。Topic Six Shopping，Food and Health 购物、饮食与健康
话说中考
目前随着人们生活水平的不断提高，业余生活也越来越丰富，购物成为人们生活中最为重要的活动之一，这就需要我们不断地参与社会实践，多了解有关购物的知识；饮食与健康也成为人们较为关注的话题，较高的生活水平和良好的饮食条件，给我们的健康带来丰富的营养的同时，也给我们带来了烦恼……，所以，这自然就成为我们中考的热点。
解题思路：通读全文，了解大意。抓住文章的关键信息，进行整合归纳。
走进中考(苏州·2010)
Why do you think people who live in some hot countries eat very spicy(辛辣的) food Is it because the spices make the food taste better Is it just because their parents and grandparents and great-grandparents liked hot food，or is there some connection between spices and healthy food
Researchers from Cornell University think that it is because spice plants have some important chemicals(化学物质)．These chemicals can kill bacteria(细菌) which spoil food．"Most common spices can kill 75 to 100 percent of the bacteria in food，" explains one of the scientists．The bacteria grow more easily and spoil food more quickly at higher temperatures．For this reason，it is more difficult to keep food from spoiling in hot climates．
Do you like your food spicy Your answer probably tells something about the country you come from．If you like spicy food，it is possible that hundreds of years ago，when there were no fridges，people in your country started using spices to keep the food from spoiling．The traditional spicy dishes helped those people to live longer，healthier lives．Today，in a time of fridges，the spices just make the food taste good．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The chemicals in spices keep food from spoiling by ________．
A．making food taste better
B．making food hotter
C．killing bacteria in food
D．preventing bacteria getting into food
( ) 2．Food goes bad more quickly in hot climates because ________．
A．high temperature makes more bacteria
B．high temperature helps bacteria grow faster
C．bacteria get used to hot food
D．bacteria spoil food only at high temperature
( ) 3．According to the passage，spices are useful in all the following things except _______．
A．replacing fridges
B．helping you to live longer
C．helping to keep you healthier
D．making your food taste better
解析
1．C 由第二段第二句“These chemicals can kill bacteria(细菌) which spoil food．”可知正确答案为 C。
2．B 由第二段倒数第二句“The bacteria grow more easily and spoil food more quickly at higher temperatures．”可知正确答案为 B。
3．A 由最后一段倒数第一、二句“The traditional spicy dishes helped those people to live longer，healthier lives．Today，...make the food taste good．” 可知 A 项并没有包括在内，故正确答案为 A。
话题专练
一
This is not a diet．It's a simple way to lose weight．And you don't even have to give up the food you love or join a gym．You just follow some habits that thin people have．Keep them，and you'll become thin．
(1) Wake-up
When you wake up in the morning，sit up slowly without using your hands．With legs straight out，bend(弯曲) forward until you feel sore in your back．It will burn about 10 calories(热量单位：卡路里)．
(2) Start with soup
When you have a meal，order a clear soup，and have it before having the main food．In this way，you'll feel fuller，so you'll eat less when the main food comes．
(3) An apple (or more) a day
Apples are full of fiber(纤维) and water，so your stomach will want less．The study shows that people who eat at least three apples a day lose weight．
(4) Stand up and walk around
Every time you use the mobile phone，stand up and walk around．Heavy people sit on average(平均) two and a half hours more each day than thin people．This skill is very important as standing up and walking around will burn 50 or more calories．
Use these skills，and you will have a big weight loss．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What should we have first if we want to eat less main food
A．Ice cream B．Soup． C．Salad． D．Cheese．
( ) 2．Why does eating apples make one's stomach want less food
A．Because apples are full of fiber and water．
B．Because apples are sour．
C．Because apples are delicious．
D．Because only apples are filled with calories．
( ) 3．Which of the following may the author disagree
A．Sitting up slowly without using your hands helps burn calories．
B．Eating apples every day is good for people's health．
C．You have to join a gym if you want to lose weight．
D．It's good to walk around while talking on the mobile phone．
( ) 4．What's the purpose of the passage
A．To give some advice on how to lose weight．
B．To advice people to eat apples every day．
C．To tell people how to enjoy a better life．
D．To advice people to give up bad habits．
( ) 5．In which part of a newspaper would you most probably read the passage
A．Shopping． B．Teaching． C．Family． D．Health．
答案：
1．B 根据短文中建议 2 可知，饭前喝点汤，可以减少主食的摄入，能达到减肥的目的。
2．A 根据建议 3 可知，苹果中含有大量的纤维和水，多吃苹果可以减肥。
3．C 根据短文内容可知，作者并不主张去健身房，所以选 C。
4．A 根据短文内容可知这篇文章的目的是建议你如何减肥，所以选 A。
5．D 这篇文章重点是就如何减肥提供的建议，所以选 D。
二
A large number of people in the world eat fast food．Whenever you go into a fast food restaurant，you can see lots of people enjoying their meals there．But do you know in which country people like fast food best
The English people like the fast food best，while the French are the least interested in quick meals，according to survey done last year．
The survey of thirteen countries shows 45% of the English people say they can't give up fast food because it's delicious．And 44% of Americans and 37% of Canadians say the same．
The French，proud of their delicious and high-class cuisine，don't like fast food．81% of them think it is unhealthy，followed by 75% of the Japanese．
How about the Chinese How often do you have hamburgers or fried chicken It doesn't matter whether you like Western fast food or Chinese food．The most important things is to keep a balanced diet．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．From the survey we know ________ like fast food best．
A．the English
B．the French
C．the Japanese
D．the Chinese
( ) 2．The survey shows ________ of Americans likes fast food．
A．37% B．44% C．75% D．81%
( ) 3．According to the survey，some people can't give up fast food because ________．
A．it's cheap
B．it's delicious
C．it's safe
D．it's healthy
( ) 4．The word "cuisine" in the passage means _______．
A．food B．house C．water D．country
( ) 5．The survey is about _______．
A．Western countries
B．fast food
C．restaurants in the world
D．Chinese food
答案：
1．A 根据短文第三段内容的数字可以判断快餐很受英国人的青睐。
2．B 根据短文第三段内容的数字 44% of Americans 可以确定答案。
3．B 根据短文第三段的内容 because it's delicious 可知，答案是 B。
4．A 根据短文中上下句的关系可以推断 cuisine 是食物的意思，所以选 A。
5．B 本文是对快餐的调查，即选 B。
三
If there is a test at school today，you may feel awful．Your stomath may hurt and you may have a headache．Maybe even your muscles feel tense．That means you are too worried．You're worried about your test because you didn't do well on the last one，or maybe you're nervous because you did well on the last one．What should you do
Ask for help．Talk to your mom，dad or your teacher．Talking to someone about it can make you feel better．They can help you find some solutions．
Be prepared．Do your homework．Study for the test．On the test day，you're more likely to feel that you know the answers．
Believe in yourself．Say to yourself，"I studied and I'm ready to do my best．" Don't tell yourself "I'm not good at it．" or "I'm going to be in trouble if I get a bad grade．" These thoughts can make it harder for you to do well．
Take good care of yourself．You'll feel your best if you get enough playtime，sleep and nutritious(有营养的) food．This is important all the time．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．If your muscles feel tense before a test，that means _______．
A．you have got a bad cold
B．you didn't do enough exercise
C．you are too worded about the test
D．there is something wrong with your muscles
( ) 2．The writer thinks that some students feel bad before their tests because ________．
A．they didn't take care of themselves
B．they didn't do well on the last one
C．they don't still want to get good grades this time
D．they aren't afraid their teacher will punish them
( ) 3．What is the main idea of the first paragraph
A．Why do your muscles feel tense
B．Learn to take care of yourself．
C．Fully prepare for the test．
D．Why do you feel nervous before a test
( ) 4．Which is NOT true according to the writer
A．Talking to your parents and teacher before a test may help you a lot．
B．Study hard for the test and you'll know all the answers．
C．Believe in yourself and this will help you get better grades．
D．It's important to get enough playtime，sleep，and nutritious food．
( ) 5．What's the best title for the passage
A．Don't Be Nervous．
B．Believe in Yourself．
C．How to Relax Before a Test．
D．Why Are You Worried about Your Test
答案：
1．C 根据第一段的内容可知，当面临考试时，都会感到浑身不舒服，即本题答案是 C。
2．B 根据短文内容可知，学生在考试前没有做好准备，所以选 B。
3．D 根据第一段的内容可知主要是讲学生为什么考试前会紧张，所以选 D。
4．B 根据短文内容可知，学生努力学习，考试时就会得心应手；自信以及合理的饮食和睡眠对考试影响也很大，所以可以确定答案是 B。
5．C 根据短文内容可知，主要是讲怎样做到考试前放松自己，所以最佳题目是 C。
四
Shopping on the Internet，or shopping online is becoming more and more popular．More and more people are using the Internet to buy things．Why do people use the Internet to shop Some people say it is more convenient(方便的)．They don't have to leave their homes to order something，and they can shop for anything they want at any time，day or night．Other people say they can find things on sale that they can't find in the stores near their homes．Still other people say they can find better prices on the Internet．
If you want to buy something on the Internet，you need a credit card(信用卡)．You have to type your credit card number and information on the website and send it to the store over the Internet．You have to be sure that the store will not use your information in the wrong way．You don't want someone to get your credit card number and buy something with it．Of course，you always have to be careful with your credit card number，because people sometimes steal credit card numbers from stores and restaurants．
For people who are too nervous to shop online，the Internet is also a good place to go window-shopping．Window-shopping is when you go to a store and look at the things for sale，but don't plan to buy anything．Window-shopping is easy on the Internet．You can see what kinds of products are available(可获得的) and how much they cost．You can visit stores with branches(分店) near you，or you can visit stores that are only on the Internet．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．To buy things on the Internet people _________．
A．must try to get other people's credit card numbers
B．must take good care of their own credit card numbers
C．must be rich enough
D．must be clever enough
( ) 2．Which one is NOT the reason that some people think it convenient to shop online
A．They can stay home to buy things．
B．They can buy things at any time they like．
C．They think they can get lower price on the Internet．
D．They can find free things they want．
( ) 3．The online stores ________．
A．must try to attract those who never use the Internet
B．must collect everyone's credit card information
C．must prevent customers' credit card information from being stolen
D．must have branches
( ) 4．When you go window-shopping，you ________．
A．must buy something
B．needn't buy anything
C．should bring some money
D．must have a plan
( ) 5．Which of the statements is Not True
A．A lot of people like shopping online．
B．Shopping online becomes popular for its convenience．
C．There is no danger in online shopping．
D．Online window-shopping is also very convenient．
答案：
1．B 根据第二段的内容可知，要在网上购物，必须要有信用卡，同时更要保护好它，所以选 B。
2．D 根据第一段的内容可知，网上购物方便，价格便宜，不受时间的限制，但是找不到免费的东西，所以选 D。
3．C 根据第二段的内容可知，网上商店可以销售物品，但要保证顾客的账号的安全，所以选 C。
4．B 根据第三段的内容可知，当你要在网上逛街时，不需要打算买东西，所以选 B。
5．C 根据短文内容可以看出，网上购物虽然方便，但是也有危险，所以 C 是不正确的。
五
Nowadays，people's living standard is getting better and better．Of course，product price is rising，too．Employees(雇员) need to work hard day and night．Indeed，such a situation has advantages and disadvantages．The advantages are the improvement of working experience and income．The disadvantages are the worse health．
More work and less rest would cause problems like headaches，fever and so on．In the long run，that would affect people's lives．There is a saying，"All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy．" Well，we can also say all work and no rest would make Jack a weak boy．
So，I suggest the employees，who are working day and night，sometimes should stop the work and go out for a walk or listen to music，just to relax your mood before you throw yourself at work．Anyway，don't make your work get on your nerves(神经)．
Finally，I wish al employees better health．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What has happened in the world nowadays
A．Employees become poorer and poorer．
B．People's living standard is getting better．
C．The price of the products is getting higher．
D．Both B and C．
( ) 2．What're the advantages when the employees work hard day and night
A．Having headaches and fever．
B．Getting more rest and sleep．
C．Getting more work experience and income．
D．Relaxing their mood．
( ) 3．Today's employees get ________．
A．more time to have a rest
B．more excited
C．more time to go to the park
D．less and less time to sleep and relax
( ) 4．The writer suggests the employees who are working day and night should _______．
A．sometimes stop their work
B．sometimes go to the park for a walk
C．relax their mood
D．all of the above．
( ) 5．What's the writer's wish on the employees
A．To have better health．
B．To work for a longer time．
C．To give up their work．
D．To make more money．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可知，经济发展了，人们的生活水平提高了，物价也长了；文章没有提到雇员越来越穷，所以选 D。
2．C 根据文章中“The advantages are the improvement of working experience and income．”可知，有利的是工作经验丰富了，收入也增多了，所以选 C。
3．D 本题答案可以根据“Employees(雇员) need to work hard day and night．”确定。
4．D 根据第三段的内容可知，作者建议员工有时可以放下工作，去公园散散步，放松一下情绪，所以答案是 D。
5．A 根据文章最后一段内容可以确定答案是希望员工身体健康。
六
Many cancer patients of mine had almost no hope of returning back to a normal life．This leads me to think about the question of how our lifestyle has changed greatly over the centuries and how we can keep away from cancel．Now，let's look at how to reduce the risks of cancer．
1．Eat less sweet food，because it can help with the development of tumors(瘤) in the body．
2．Choose fresh farm foods．
Fresh farm foods have the advantage of having been grown in a healthy way．The fruits and vegetables are not polluted and the meat is healthy．
3．Drink green tea．
It seems that drinking green tea has stopped many kinds of cancer．
4．Don't become too fat．
Being too fat adds the risks of developing cancer，even more if you have a lot of fat around your waists．
5．Do some regular physical activities．
Doing some sports may have some benefits(好处) against certain types of cancer．
6．Eat red meat about 500g per week．
It has been known as one important cause of some cancers，but don't refuse it completely because it's also a very good source(来源) of many important nutrients．
7．Drink only 1 glass of wine for women and two glasses for men and none for pregnant women(孕妇)!
8．Have salt only 5g per day．
It seems that salt is one of the major causes of stomach cancer．
All in all，please eat the right food and live the right life．
根据文章内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What do you think the writer's job is
A．A teacher．
B．A worker．
C．A farmer．
D．A doctor．
( ) 2．The underlined word "nutrients" may mean ________．
A．维生素 B．脂肪 C．营养素 D．矿物质
( ) 3．Why should we choose the fresh farm foods
A．Because they are very cheap．
B．Because they are grown in a healthy way．
C．Because they are not polluted．
D．Both B and C．
( ) 4．According to the passage，if your _______ is too fat，you will be more dangerous．
A．feet B．waist C．face D．arms
( ) 5．From the passage what shouldn't we do
A．Drink green tea．
B．Do some regular physical activities．
C．Eat red meat about 500g per week．
D．Have salt more than 5g per day．
答案：
1．D 根据第一段的首句 Many cancer patients of mine 可以确定作者是医生。
2．C 根据文中第六点可知，红肉虽然含有高量的胆固醇，但是也有大量的蛋白质，是人体必不可少的物质，所以可以推断答案是 C。
3．D 根据作者第二点建议可知，农副产品相对而言比较卫生，受污染的程度不大，所以选 D。
4．B 根据作者建议第四段可知，不要过于肥胖，特别是腰部，所以选 B。
5．D 根据短文内容可以确定每天对盐的摄入量不要高于 5 克，所以选 D。
七
The H1Nl virus has been spreading world-wide，it is important for us to know how to control it．Please pay attention to the following points：
1．Don't touch your face．Above all，keep your hands away from your eyes，mouth and nose，all of which serve pathways(途径) for the viruses(病毒) to enter your body．
2．Wash your hands．If you have to touch your face，wash your hands，getting under the fingernails for 20 to 30 seconds with hot soap and water before．Soaps with surfactants(表面活性剂) can deal with flu viruses．
3．Cover your nose and mouth．When someone sneezes or coughs，liquid(液体) drops with flu viruses as far as three feet through the air and land on your nose and mouth，so it's best to keep at least an arm's length distance when talking to someone who shows signs of infection(感染)．In order to protect others，cover your mouth and nose with a tissue(纸巾) when you cough or sneeze，and clean your hands afterward．Viruses can live for hours，or even longer when on the skin or other surfaces such as keyboards．
4．Consider buying a mask in case you need it in the future．Some research suggests that masks reduce the risk of getting the flu viruses by as much as 80%．But it also suggests that if you don't wash hands，the mask doesn't work well．So wash your hands and use the mask，especially wearing face masks in crowded places is also useful．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The article mainly tells ________．
A．the H1N1 virus has been spreading world-wide
B．how to control the H1N1 virus
C．cover your nose and mouth
D．everyone should buy a mask in the future
( ) 2．How does the viruses enter your body easily
A．Get though your mouth．
B．Get though your nose．
C．Get though your eyes．
D．All of the above．
( ) 3．What can we do with the flu viruses
A．Water． B．Masks． C．Soaps with surfactants． D．Tissues．
( ) 4．How long can the viruses live on the skin or other surfaces such as keyboards
A．For an hour．
B．For several hours．
C．For two weeks．
D．For a year．
( ) 5．Which of the statements is Not True
A．Wash your hands before meals．
B．When you cough or sneeze，you should cover your mouth and nose with a tissue．
C．You shouldn't often touch your mouth，eyes and nose．
D．When you put a mask，you can often go to the crowded places．
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段内容可知，这篇文章的主题告诉人们生活中要注意哪几个方面，来控制甲型 H1N1 病毒。
2．D 从建议第一点内容可知，病毒可以通过人的口鼻眼等进入人体，所以选 D。
3．C 根据短文中第三点建议可知，肥皂对流感病毒有一定的控制作用，所以选 C。
4．B 根据短文中第三点建议中“Viruses can live for hours，or even longer”可知，答案选 B。
5．D 根据短文内容来看，饭前洗手是必要的；当我们咳嗽或打喷嚏时，应该用纸巾掩住口鼻；即便用口罩，也不要经常在公共场合出入；所以选 D。
八
Teenage boys who often eat fish may be doing their brains some good，a new study suggests．
Swedish researchers found that among nearly 5000 15-year-old boys they surveyed，those who eat fish more than once per week tended to score higher on intelligence tests three years later．The findings show that fish may in deed be brain food．
Researchers believe that fish — especially oily fish are important to early brain development and to keeping healthy brain function throughout life．
The findings are based on data from 4792 teenage boys who answered questions on diet and lifestyle when they were 15 years old．And when they were 18，they had an intelligence test．
On average，the study team found，those who ate fish more than once per week scored higher than those who ate fish less than those who ate fish less than weekly．The researchers also studied several other factors that influence both children's diets and their intelligence scores — like parents' education levels．
"These findings are important，" Aberg，the head of the team，said，"because the study was carried out between the age of 15 and 18，when educational achievements can help to shape the rest of a young man's life．"
It's too soon to make specific(具体的) diet suggestions for teenagers，according to Aberg，"But for the time being，" she said，"it happens that including fish in a diet can make a valuable contribution to intelligence in teenage boys．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The underlined word "intelligence" in the passage means "_______" in Chinese．
A．智力 B．智慧 C．情报 D．合理
( ) 2．What kind of fish are important for teenage boys to early brain development
A．Salmon． B．Mackerel． C．Tuna． D．Oily fish．
( ) 3．The article mainly tells us ________．
A．the fish are good for us．
B．the oily fish are good for teenage boys．
C．fish can be brain food for teen boys．
D．several other factors that influence both children's diets and their intelligence．
( ) 4．What can influence the rest of a young man's life
A．Educational achievements．
B．Family education．
C．School education．
D．Eating more fish．
( ) 5．Which of the following is true according to the passage
A．Teen boys who eat fish have good intelligence．
B．The oily fish only keep healthy brain function throughout life．
C．Fish in a diet can make a valuable contribution to intelligence in teenage boys．
D．we can think fish are good for teen girls．
答案：
1．A 根据短文内容可以推断出该单词的词义与“孩子的智力”有关，所以选 A。
2．D 根据第三段的内容可知，oily fish 包括前几项，所以选 D。
3．C 根据短文内容可以看出，该短文主要是讲多吃鱼能提高男孩子的智商，所以选 C。
4．A 根据第八段的内容 educational achievements can help to shape the rest of a young man's life．可知答案是 A。
5．C 根据短文内容可知，A 的讲述具有片面性；oily fish 仅仅能提供大脑所需维生素，有片面性；吃鱼也能提高女孩的智商文中没有提到，所以选 C。
九
The picnic has become an American habit．It has had a historic place in the building of the country．But always it has belonged especially to the home towns and families of the nation．It has always been a signal(标志) for good fun among good friends．As the outdoor get-together was growing into a popular family and community(团体) event，it was often kept for special time — family get-together，the last day of school，or the Fourth of July．The old-fashioned picnic wasn't considered a success without mountains of food and relatives．Today no excuse is needed for an outing．Picnickers can be seen roasting corn at the great stone fireplaces(壁炉) in the national parks，baking something at a moonlight beach party，or warming up at a winter campfire after an afternoon of mountain skiing．Families are getting together again around the picnic table．They are building fireplaces in their backyards and finding it fun to cook and eat out of doors．Father and mother are "discovering" their children，boys and girls are learning that mother can be a "pal" and that dad is really a "good egg"．The popularity of picnicking，eating and playing outdoors has provided the hostess with a thousand new and inexpensive ways to entertain guests(客人)．
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1．The picnic has become a habit in _______．
2．What does the picnic mean to people
_________________________________________
3．What are the good places for a picnic
_________________________________________
4．What do the children think of their parents when they are having a picnic
_________________________________________
5．What has been a thousand new and inexpensive ways to entertain guests
_________________________________________
答案：
1．America／the U.S.A．根据短文第一句话可知，野餐在美国已经成为一种习惯，所以填 America／the U.S.A．。
2．A signal for good fun among good friends．根据短文中 It has always been a signal(标志) for good fun among good friends．可以确定答案。
3．Mountains，beaches and parks，etc．根据短文内容可以确定山脉、海滩、国家级公园是人们游玩的好处所，在那里进行野餐等活动，所以答案就是 Mountains，beaches and parks，etc．。
4．Their friends．根据短文中 Father and mother are "discovering" their children，boys and girls are learning that mother can be a "pal" and that dad is really a "good egg"．可以确定父母和子女之间是朋友关系，所以答案是 Their friends．
5．Picnicking．根据短文最后一句内容“去野餐已经成了款待朋友的方式”，所以确定答案是 Picnicking。Topic Two School life and Language Learning
学校生活与语言学习
话说中考
校园生活与语言学习是中考阅读理解考查的热点话题，一方面与学生生活、学习、交流等息息相关；另一方面，来自社会，紧贴社会生活，具有一定的时代感和现实意义。这类话题多是说明文，做题时要注意说明的对象、内容及说明方法。这类题要注意每段话的开头部分，整体把握材料信息。
做题思路：把握信息，找出题眼，梳理信息，进行解答问题。
走进中考(重庆·2010)
When you see the girl for the first time，you may think she is a boy．She is very outgoing(外向的)．Who is she Wang Meng，the Chinese top skater．
On the evening of February 26th，2010，Wang Meng first got to the finishing line in 1 minute and 29.213 seconds in the women's 1000 meters short track speed skating final(短道速滑决赛) at the Vancouver Olympic Winter Games(温哥华冬奥会)．After she succeeded in the 500-metre and 3000-metre races，she won her third gold medal this time．With this one China won four gold medals in the women's short track speed skating．That helped China first win the team gold medal in Winter Olympics history．
Just before the final race Wang Meng caught a bad cold and coughed terribly．With the words of "You can，you can do!" she won at last．She said，"I really feel these three gold medals belong to my team，to China．It was with the help of my team that I won the prize．"
Though Wang Meng is only twenty-four，she has been the most successful Chinese skater．We are proud of her and her team．We hope she will be faster in Sochi Olympics in 2014．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．China won gold medals in the women's short track speed skating．
A．2 B．3 C．4 D．5
( ) 2．It took Wang Meng 1 minute and 29.213 seconds to finish the short track speed skating final．
A．women's 1000
B．men's 1000
C．women's 500
D．men's 500
( ) 3．In Wang Meng's opinion，made her win the prize at last．
A．a strong body
B．a bad cold
C．her team's help
D．much exercise
( ) 4．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage
A．Wang Meng is very outgoing like a boy．
B．Wang Meng is the most successful Chinese skater．
C．Chinese people are proud of Wang Meng and her team．
D．China has got the team gold medal twice in Winter Olympics history．
解析
1．C 由第二段倒数第二句“With this one China won four gold medals...”可知正确答案为 C。
2．A 由第二段第一句“...Wang Meng first got to the finishing line in 1 minute and 29.213 seconds in women's 1000 meters...”可知正确答案为 A。
3．C 由第一段最后两句“I really feel these three gold medals belong to my team... with the help of my team that I won the prize．”可知由于团队的帮助她才获得了成功，故正确答案为 C。
4．D 由第二段最后一句“That helped China first win the team gold medal...”可知 D 项的表述是错误的。
话题专练
一
Taking exams always makes me nervous．What about you Here are some suggestions that my friend offers me．
Preparing for exams
The most important part of preparing for an exam is to know what to study．Review subjects you've spent a long time on during classes，look through what you were asked to read and topics of essays and homework，or ask your teachers to see if they can give a few suggestions．Once you know what to study，the next is to know how to study．
Arriving at an exam
How you arrive at an exam will decide how you take your exam．Be sure to arrive：Early．
With a full stomach．
Well rested．
With all the things you will need for the exam．
Having your own exam habits
Before you begin your exam，be sure to：Set up your things close by．
Put your name and other identification information on your exam-answer sheet．
Read all the directions．
Make a brief plan about how you will divide your time between sections．
Take a few deep breaths every time you feel nervous．
If you prepare well for your exam，arrive confidently and settle in before you begin．Don't spend more time on a question that you should unless you're ahead of schedule(时间表)．
根据短文内容，回答下面的问题。
1．What is the most important before you take an exam
_________________________________________________________
2．Should you arrive at an exam early or on time
_________________________________________________________
3．What should you do if you feel nervous just before an exam
_________________________________________________________
4．How would you feel if you got everything ready
_________________________________________________________
答案：
1．to know what to study 根据建议一可知，考前最重要的就是要知道学什么。
2．Early 根据建议二可知，考试时要提前到。
3．Take a few deep breaths 根据建议三可知，考前紧张是要深吸一口气，能缓解紧张的心情。
4．Confident．根据短文内容可知，一切准备就绪，你就会很自信。
二
Learning How to Learn $22
Children who read this book will show great interest in study．Many pictures will help them understand it easily and quickly．
Basic Study Guidebook $36
Read this book and learn：
What the three barriers(障碍) to study are and what to do about them
What to do if you are tired of a subject
Children read it to improve the ability to study．
How to Use a Dictionary Picture Book for Children $35
Read this book and learn：
How to look up words in a dictionary
What the different marks in a dictionary mean
How to use a dictionary to pronounce words correctly
Buy this book and help children unlock their education．What's more，you'll just pay 60% for it before May 10，2010．
根据以上材料，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．"_________" can tell you what to do if you are tired of a subject．
A．Study Skills for Life
B．Learning How to Learn
C．Basic Study Guidebook
D．How to Use a Dictionary Picture Book for Children
( ) 2．Many pictures in the book "Learning How to Learn" can ________．
A．make children read slowly
B．make children understand the book easily
C．make the book boring
D．make children draw beautifully
( ) 3．According to the ads，the three books are for ________．
A．the old B．parents C．children D．men
( ) 4．If you buy the three books on May 2nd，2010，you will just pay ________ for them．
A．$93 B．$71 C．$80 D．$79
( ) 5．The purpose of the three ads is to ________．
A．sell these books to the children
B．help children learn English
C．help children learn about nature
D．use a dictionary to pronounce correctly
答案：
1．C 从第二段文字中可找到答案。
2．B 从第一段文字中可找到答案。
3．C 根据文字内容可以判断是面向学生的。
4．D 由于第三本书是 6 折，所以用 $22 + $36 + $35 × 60‰ = $79．
5．A 这些广告的目的是销售书的，所以选 A。
三
Mrs．Thompson，a school teacher，told the children on the first day that she loved them all the same．But that was a lie．There in the front row was a little boy named Teddy Stoddard．He didn't get along well with the other children and he always needs a bath．She did not like him．
Then Mrs．Thompson got to know that Teddy was a very good boy before the death of his mother．Mrs．Thompson was ashamed of herself．She felt even worse when，like all her other students，Teddy bought her a present，too．It was his mother's perfume(香水)．
Teddy said，"Mrs．Thompson，today you smell just my mom used to．" After the children left she cried for an hour．On that very day，she stopped being busy teaching reading，writing and math．Instead，she began to care more about the children．
Mrs．Thompson paid more attention to Teddy．The more she encouraged him，the faster he improved．By the end of Grade 6，Teddy had become one of the smartest children in the class．
Six years went by before she got a note from Teddy．He wrote that he had finished high school，third in his class，and she was still the best teacher he had ever had in his whole life．He went to college．Mrs．Thompson got two more letters from him with the last one signed，Theodore F．Stoddard，M.D.(医学博上)．
The story doesn't end there．On his wedding day，Dr．Stoddard said，"Thank you，Mrs．Thompson，for believing in me．You made me feel good about myself and showed me that I could make a difference．"
Mrs．Thompson，with tears in her eyes，said "Teddy，you have it all wrong．You were the one who taught me that I could make a difference．I didn't know how to teach until I met you．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What did Mrs．Thompson do on the day of school
A．She made Teddy feel sad．
B．She told the class something untrue about herself．
C．She changed Teddy's seat to the front row．
D．She asked the children to play with Teddy．
( ) 2．Why didn't Teddy get along well with the other children
A．He always needed a bath．
B．Mrs．Thompson did not like him．
C．He felt lonely without his mother．
D．He didn't enjoy playing with others．
( ) 3．What does the underlined sentence "Mrs．Thompson was ashamed of herself" mean in the passage
A．Mrs．Thompson was pleased with what she had done．
B．Mrs．Thompson was angry with the boy's mother．
C．Mrs．Thompson was surprised that the boy's mother was gone．
D．Mrs．Thompson was very sorry because she didn't like the child before．
( ) 4．Which of the following is NOT true according to the reading
A．Mrs．Thompson gave Teddy Stoddard motherly care and encouragement．
B．Teddy had probably become a doctor before he got married．
C．Mrs．Thompson agreed with Teddy that she had made a difference in his life．
D．Teddy thought all the time Mrs．Thompson was the best teacher he had ever had in his whole life．
( ) 5．Which of the following can be the best title for the reading
A．Friendship between a Student and His Teacher
B．Not a Really Good Teacher
C．A Clever Student
D．Making a Difference
答案：
1．B 根据第一段内容可知，教师说的是违心的话，所以选 B。
2．C 根据第二段的内容可知，Teddy 在她母亲去世之前是一个很听话的孩子，由此可知，不能和其他孩子很好相处是由于母亲去世的缘故，所以选 C。
3．D 根据上面的内容可知，老师不喜欢 Teddy。当知道他的情况后，老师心存歉意，由此可以推断该句的意思是“Mrs．Thompson 对以前不喜欢 Teddy 感到内疚”。
4．C 根据短文内容可知，Mrs．Thompson 给 Teddy 母亲般的关爱和鼓励；Teddy 后来成了一名医生；Teddy 始终认为 Mrs．Thompson 是他一生遇到的最好的老师；由此可知选 C。
5．D 由文意可知，师生情谊，不是一个好老师，一个聪明的学生，都有片面性，make a difference 更贴近文章内容，所以选 D。
四
English is one of the world's most widely used language now．People use a language in these ways：as a native language，as a second language，or a foreign language．English is spoken as a native language by nearly three hundred million people in the United States，Britain，Australia，New Zealand，Canada and some countries in South Africa．As a second language，English is often necessary for official business，education，information and other activities in a great many countries such as India，Pakistan，Nigeria，Singapore and the Philippines．It's one of the few working languages of the United Nations and is more often used than the others．It's said that English has become the language of international trade and transport．Most planes traveling from one country to another use it to talk with airports．All ships sailing on the ocean call for help by radio in it．It has been said that 60% of the world's radio broadcast(广播) and 70% of the mails are in English．At international sports，and at talks of writers and artists all around the world，English is the language which is most commonly used and most widely understood．
English has，in fact，become the language of international cooperation(合作) and technology．The most advanced(先进) results in space，nuclear and computer research are published in English．A scientist who speaks and writes in English is in closer touch with the scientists in other countries than one who doesn't．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．English is the most popular language in the world because it ________．
A．is only the most widely used language
B．is spoken as a native language by the largest people of the world
C．is a native language
D．has already become the world-wide used language
( ) 2．When you travel in Pakistan，Nigeria and Singapore，you ________．
A．will be able to use English
B．can't use English
C．can't use English and Chinese
D．must use English
( ) 3．English is spoken as ________ language in India．
A．their first
B．a second
C．a foreign
D．a useful
( ) 4．If a scientist can speak and write in English，he _______．
A．can take part in an international sports meeting
B．will be able to publish some science books
C．will be able to learn and understand more
D．may travel to many countries in the world
( ) 5．If we know English，we'll be able to _______．
A．read many science magazines in the world
B．become scientists in the future
C．work with scientists and make things even better
D．do everything better than before
答案：
1．D 由“English is one of the world's most widely used language now．”可知，答案是 D。
2．A 根据第一段内容可知，英语在巴基斯坦、尼日利亚和新加坡被作为第二语言使用，所以选 A。
3．B 根据第一段中的第四句，英语在巴基斯坦、尼日利亚和新加坡被作为第二语言使用。
4．C 根据最后一句可以推断出答案。
5．A 根据短文中谈到世界上许多科技杂志都是用英文出版的，所以选 A。
五
Step 1 _______
Try to read English grammar from a textbook or online resources(资源)．Note the grammar points you need to work on and plan to work on each for at last a few days．
Step 2 Know common mistakes．
People who speak the same language often make the same mistakes in English grammar．For example，many Russian speakers have trouble using "a" and "the" in English．Find out what grammar points are often difficult for speakers of your native language．Pay attention to those grammar points．
Step 3 Find some grammar exercises．
To learn English grammar well，you'll need to practice each grammar point until you can use it easily．Look for a book of grammar exercises that also has answers．Online activities and exercises can also help．Focus on(集中注意于) just one grammar point each time you study．
Step 4 Pay close attention to grammar when you read English．
When you're trying to learn correct English grammar，it's not enough to understand the general idea of what you read．You'll need to understand exactly why each sentence is written that way．When you read a sentence，ask yourself if you can make similar sentences．If you can't or you're not sure，find textbook exercises for those grammar points and practice．
根据短文内容，回答下面的问题。
1．What does the passage talk about
_________________________________________________________
2．What is the possible title for the first paragraph
_________________________________________________________
3．What can people do if they want to correct their grammar mistakes
_________________________________________________________
4．What can people do to learn English grammar well
_________________________________________________________
5．What should people do while they are reading according to the writer
_________________________________________________________
答案：
1．How to study English grammar．根据短文内容可知，主要是讨论怎样学习英语语法。
2．Make a plan．根据第一段 plan to work on... 内容可知，制定一个计划。
3．Find out what grammar points are often difficult for their native language speakers．可以直接从第一二段找到答案。
4．To practice each grammar point until they can use it easily．根据第三段的内容，容易找到答案。
5．They should pay close attention to grammar and try to make similar sentences．根据第四段的题目可知答案。
六
At school many things happen to us．We may feel excited when we have success in a school play．We may feel sorry if we lose an important game．We want to keep the memory for the rest of our lives．
How to keep the memory Our English teacher，Miss Wang，has taught us a good way of remembering things — to make our own yearbook．What is a yearbook A yearbook is a kind of book which is used to keep the memory of exciting moments．It's usually made at the end of the year．
Last December，we began to make our yearbook．First，we chose the persons who had done something especial，then some students interviewed them，some wrote down their stories，others took photo of them．Everyone in our class had something to do．Finally our teacher helped us to put the things together．We had our first yearbook．
All of us put a lot of love into making the yearbook．It is so wonderful that not only the students but also our parents and teachers will remember the special time for ever．
根据短文，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．When we have success in a school play，we may feel _______．
A．sorry B．angry C．excited D．interested
( ) 2．Miss Wang's good way of remembering good things is to _______．
A．buy a new photos
B．write down stories
C．take a lot of photos
D．make a yearbook
( ) 3．A yearbook is made to _______．
A．take notes
B．keep the memory
C．do our homework
D．remember English words
( ) 4．Usually a yearbook is made in _______．
A．January B．February C．May D．December
( ) 5．We made our first yearbook _______．
A．without any help
B．without putting our love into it
C．with the help of our teacher
D．with the help of our parents
答案：
1．C 根据第一段内容可知，当我们成功时，我们很兴奋，所以选 C。
2．D 根据第二段的内容可知。Miss Wang 建议我们创建年报。
3．B 根据第二段的内容可知年报是用来记事的。
4．D 由第二段的最后一句 It's usually made at the end of the year．可知是在 12 月份。
5．C 由第三段中 Finally our teacher helped us to put the things together．可知 B 项正确。
七
In the UK，most children have their lunches at school，but in some schools，parents can choose what their children eat．The children can have a school dinner — a hot，cooked meal；or they can take a packed(包装的) lunch with them，which usually includes cold food like sandwiches．
Often parents know what their children want．Cath，a mother of three children，told us，"My children have packed lunches because they say they hate school dinners．So I make three packed lunches every morning．"
However，another mother，Susan，made a different choice．She said，"My daughters have always had school dinners．I think they probably get healthier food at school than a few sandwiches I made of them．"
But how healthy are school dinners Kaz，a father，thought poorly of them．He said，"Fizzy(起泡的) drinks were offered and I think there were lots of chips．"
Jamie Oliver spent a year working in a school kitchen．He was worried about the unhealthy food which included burgers，pizzas and chips．So he tried to cook healthy food such as good stews and curries for the children instead．
So Jamie improved the school dinners，and trained the dinner ladies to cook healthy food in that school．Then he advised the government to improve school food across the country．And it seems that the changes have begun．
Anna，a pupil，told us，"we used to have a fast food window where you got chips and coke，but they stopped that this year．There's a salad restaurant，which is good，so it's healthier than it was．"
根据材料内容选择最佳答案，并将其标号填入题前括号内。
( ) 1．How many meals do most children in the UK have at school
A．Four． B．Three． C．Two． D．One．
( ) 2．_______ would like the children to have the school meals．
A．Cath B．Kaz C．Susan D．Jamie
( ) 3．Jamie thought _______ were healthy food
A．stews and curries
B．burgers and pizzas
C．chips and fizzy drinks
D．sandwiches and coke
( ) 4．The last two paragraphs(段落) show that _______．
A．There's a salad restaurant in every school
B．salad is the only healthy food for students
C．schools have begun to cook healthier food
D．the government doesn't care about school dinners
( ) 5．What is the best title for this text
A．Healthy Food
B．Unhealthy Food
C．Packed Lunches
D．School Dinners
答案：
1．D 根据第一段的内容可知，午饭在学校吃，所以在学校吃一顿饭。
2．C 根据第三段的内容可知 Susan 认为学校的饭食营养搭配更合理。
3．A 根据第五段的内容可知，good stews and curries 是健康食品。
4．C 根据最后一段的内容可知，提倡学校应提供健康食品。
5．D 根据文意可以看出是讲述学校午餐的，所以选 School Dinners 更合理。
八
Paula is a typical learner of English with a normally low level of motivation．She has occasional(偶然) moments of high motivation — like the day before her English test or that time when she couldn't communicate with a foreign customer who called her at work．She always studies for two whole days before an exam，but the results are poor，because she forgets 90% of the things she learned within a month．Then she read a special novel for English learners almost every day for 30 minutes．She bought an English-English dictionary and uses it to look up English words whenever she doesn't understand a sentence in her book．It was hard to study regularly(有规律的) at the beginning：reading books and using a dictionary were not "normal activities" for her．And every English sentence was a challenge．
But now，only two weeks later，she can read much faster．Every day，she wants to read her book．The book gives her the chance to use what she has learned (enjoy her progress) and to learn even more．Because she reads regularly，she forgets little and her vocabulary keeps growing．
Judy is on the right track(做得对)．She will soon be able to read English newspapers and other resources written for native speakers．
根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．Both Paula and Judy are typical learners．
( ) 2．Paula failed the exam because she forgot 90% of the things she learned within a month．
( ) 3．It was easy for Judy to study regularly at the beginning．
( ) 4．Judy's learning way is better than Paula's．
( ) 5．Judy is good at English because she is smarter than Paula．
答案：
1．F 根据短文内容可知，Paula 和 Judy 是不同类型的学习者。
2．T 根据第一段的内容可知，Paula 的失败是因为他忘记了一个月内所学知识的 90%，所以他失败了。
3．F 根据第一段的内容可知，Judy 开始学习时并不容易。
4．T 根据短文可知，_二人的学习方法不同，但学习效果不一样，Judy 积极性很高，而 Paula 属于典型的学习者，所以 Judy 比 Paula 学习方法好。
5．F Judy 的英语好，是因为她的学习态度认真，方法合理，并不是比 Paula 聪明。
九
An English dictionary is the most important thing that you will need when learning English．Successful English learners use their dictionaries all the time — that's how they learn to use new words．In this way，you will know how to use a word after reading its English examples．Try to do this，and you will get an English way of thinking which plays an important part in your English speaking and writing．Chinese students and workers try to use English-Chinese dictionaries．However，this does no good to your English learning，because you put English into Chinese first and then you can understand it，which slows down your learning and stops you from real English．
根据文章内容完成表格。
The most important thing when 1 English An English dictionary
The 2 of successful English learners is to learn to use new words They always 3 their dictionaries
The number of dictionaries mentioned in the passage 4
To form an English way of 5 You should keep on using an English dictionary
答案：
1．learning 根据首句内容可知，要填 learning。
2．way 根据第二句话的内容可以确定是“方法，途径”，即 way。
3．use 根据“Chinese students and workers try to use English-Chinese dictionaries．”可确定填动词“use”。
4．Two 根据本段话的内容可确定有两种字典，即 Two。
5．thinking 根据短文后几句话可确定填“用英语的思维方式”学习英语。Topic One Family，Friends and Personal Information
家庭、朋友与个人情况
话说中考
在中考阅读理解中，记叙文阅读题目的考查难度逐年增加，多使用贴近学生生活的素材，多以故事形式出现。针对这种题型主要抓四大要素，即时间、地点、人物和事件的起因、发展和结果，以及人物之间的关系，从中分析他们的思想品质、性格特征等；理解文章大意后，找出关键的句子和一些与考查内容有关的问题所在，这样，便于我们解题时“顺藤摸瓜”，找出问题的答案。
这类阅读一般是对文章理解能力的考查，抓住文章的关键句和关键词是非常重要的。
做题思路：先看清题干，带着问题读文章，明确把握问题指向，避免“回视”现象，提高做题的速度。
走进中考(广州·2010)
1990 was a significant year in world events．In February，Nelson Mandela was set free after 27 years in prison．In October，East and West Germany became one country again．Then at the end of 1990，the World Wide Web was born．For this final event we have one man to thank，Tim Berners Lee，the father of the Web．
Berners Lee was born on June 8，1955 in London，England．His parents，both computer designers，encouraged him to think and work creatively as he grew up．He was an excellent student and naturally took an interest in computers and science．
After graduating from Oxford University，Tim went to work at a science research centre in Switzerland．There he developed some of the different systems that would later become the Web．The first was HTML，the computer language used to make web pages．The second was an address system that let computers anywhere find each other and send and receive information．In 1990，while still at the science centre in Switzerland，he put them together to make the first Internet browser(浏览器)．It could run on any computer and allowed people to creat website to share their information with the rest of the world．
Tim knew that the more people used the Web，the more useful it would be．He wasn't interested in money but knowledge，so he gave out his invention for free to anyone who was interested．Many were interested and the growth of the Internet began．
Today Tim works as a professor at the MIT in America，researching new and interesting ways to use the Web．He has received many awards from governments and organizations for his efforts．He is still not very interested in money．That is why he is so admired by his students and workmates．It may also be one of the reasons that few people outside the world of technology know his name．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The underlined word "significant" (in Paragraph 1) most probably means "_________"．
A．strange B．terrible C．important D．difficult
( ) 2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage
A．The address system was used to make web pages．
B．The World Wide Web was created in Switzerland．
C．The first web browser was very expensive to buy．
D．Many people could use the Internet before 1990．
( ) 3．What can we learn about Berners Lee from the passage
A．He was encouraged to be creative．
B．He didn't do well at school．
C．He is a very poor businessman．
D．He is well known all over the world．
( ) 4．Where does Berners Lee live today
A．England． B．Switzerland． C．America． D．Canada．
( ) 5．What is the passage mainly about
A．The events that took place in 1990．
B．The history of the Internet．
C．The invention of the Internet browser．
D．The man who created the Word Wide Web
解析
1．C 根据第一段第三、四句话可知，发生在 1990 年的世界事件：东西德统一，World Wide Web 的诞生。由此我们不难推测出，significant 是指“重要，重大”。故选 C。
2．B 根据第三段“...an address system that let computers anywhere find each other and send and receive information...”可知选项 A 与此不符；根据第四段可知，Tim 只对知识感兴趣而对金钱并不感兴趣，因此他免费贡献出他的发明 web browser，故选项 C 不正确；根据第一段，我们知道 web 是在 1990 年诞生的，因此 1990 年前，人们不可能使用 web，故排除 D。所以正确答案为 B。
3．A 根据第二段可知，Tim 学习成绩优秀，故排除 B；文中没有提 Tim 是个商人，故排除 C；根据最后一段最后一句话“...few people outside the world of technology know his name．”可知 Tim 并非世界闻名，故排除 D。根据文中第二段“...encouraged him to think and work creatively...”可知正确答案为 A。
4．C 根据最后一段第一句可知 Tim 现在住在美国。
5．D 这篇文章主要介绍的是 Web 之父 Tim Berners Lee．
话题专练
一
My brother，Henry，has a good job at a bank．I couldn't believe him when he told me that he had decided to give it up．Though I tried to make him change his mind，I failed completely．
"You should reconsider your decision，" I said，"You have already spent five years in the bank and you could have a wonderful future．You might become a bank manager by the time you are thirty-five．"
"I know，" Henry answered，"I have got no complaints with the bank．It is a pleasant job．The bank manager told me my future was good．"
"Then why do you want to leave " I asked．
"It's the money，" Henry said．
"But you are getting a good salary．" I answered．
"I don't mean that，" Henry said，"What do I do in the bank Well，at the moment all I do is to count money．I found it very depressing．"
"What is depressing about counting money " I asked．
"You don't understand，" Henry answered，"I enjoying counting my own money，but I hate counting other people's!"
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．The writer wants to know ________．
A．what his brother does at the bank．
B．how long his brother has worked at the bank
C．why his brother has decided to leave the bank
D．when his brother will become a bank manager
( ) 2．His brother does not enjoy ________．
A．working in pleasant conditions
B．keeping happy hours
C．counting his own money
D．counting other people's money
( ) 3．You should reconsider your decision．Here the word "reconsider" means "________"．
A．think of
B．think
C．think over again
D．think better of
( ) 4．From the writer's words we know the bank pays his brother ________ for his work．
A．a good salary
B．as much money as the manager's
C．no money
D．not much money
( ) 5．The best title for this story is _______．
A．A Good Job
B．The Wonderful Future
C．Money Problem
D．Change In Mind
答案：
1．C Henry 在银行工作，有丰厚的待遇和美好的未来，“我”想知道他为什么还要辞职。
2．D 从最后一句 hate(讨厌) 可知他不喜欢替别人数钱。
3．C 从构词法可知 re 表重复，“再考虑一下”自己的决定，现在待遇不错，前途也光明，放弃很可惜。
4．A 由文中“But you are getting a good salary”可知。
5．C “钱的烦恼”一方面自己薪水很高，但每天又忙着替别人数钱而不是替自己数钱，给他的兄弟带来心理的不平衡，这些钱不是他自己的。
二
Last spring I was walking in a park．In front of me there was a mum and her 3-year-old daughter．The little girl was holding a string(线)，which had a balloon at the other end．
All of a sudden，a light wind took the balloon away from the little girl．I thought she would cry．
But，no! As the little girl turned to watch her balloon rise to the sky，she cheerfully shouted out "Wow!"
That little girl taught me something．Later that day，I received a phone call from my friend，he told me an unexpected problem．I felt lied replying with "Oh no，what should we do " But remembering that little girl，I found myself saying，"Wow，that is interesting! How can I help you "
One thing is for sure — life is always going to make us face unexpected problems．However，how to deal with them is our choice．We can choose to be annoyed or interested．
No matter what the situation is，a "Wow!" will always beat "Oh，no．"
So the next time you meet one of life's unexpected guests，remember that little girl and make it a "Wow!" experience．The "Wow!" always works．
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．Who was holding a string with a balloon
A．The writer．
B．The mother．
C．The little girl．
D．My friend．
( ) 2．What did the girl do when the balloon rose to the sky
A．She was crying．
B．She ran to her mother．
C．She asked me to help her．
D．She was happy and cheered "Wow!"
( ) 3．What can learn from the little girl
A．How to play．
B．How to deal with unexpected problems．
C．How to choose friends．
D．How to help others．
( ) 4．Which of the following is true according to the passage
A．The little girl is 3 years old this year．
B．My friend told me a happy thing．
C．No matter what the situation we face，a "Wow" always beat "Oh，no"．
D．The mother shouted "Wow!" when the balloon rose to the sky．
( ) 5．How do we deal with the unexpected problems in our life
A．Accept． B．Hate． C．Annoy． D．Escape(逃避)．
答案：
1．C 根据第一段话的内容可知，小女孩手里拿着一根带有气球的线。
2．D 根据二、三两段内容可知，当气球飞向天空的时候，小女孩看着，惊叹的“哇”了一声，所以选 D。
3．B 根据文章四、五两段的内容可知，作者从小女孩身上学到对待生活的态度，用“Wow”代替了抱怨。
4．C 根据文章的内容可知，小女孩今年应该是 4 岁，排除了 A；我的一个朋友告诉我一个麻烦的问题，可以排除 B；由上文可知，气球升上天空时，小女孩“哇”了一声，也排除了 D；所以选 C。
5．A 根据文意可知，生活中的一些问题，我们要勇敢地面对，既不要抱怨也不要逃避，应该微笑着面对人生。
三
It was 8:40 in the evening and I was at Starbucks — Plaza Singapura，the place we are going to meet．I was 20 minutes before meeting time．It is not polite to be late for a date(约会) for the first time anyway．I waited，looking at the people coming and going．I was daydreaming about today's soccer match I played and started thinking about life and soccer．Life is like soccer．You never know when you are going to get hit by the ball in your face．You have to live!
As I was trying to relax myself，I felt her appearance — the smell，I can never forget．I looked up and saw her smiling and making her way towards me．She was pretty-looking and she was in fashion．I stood there watching her coming．A bright color T-shirt with a beautiful skirt．Wow，I really love girls wearing skirts．It makes them look more attractive and natural．
"Sorry I am late．"
"No，it's OK．I am just early myself．"
"So what film are we going to see "
"It's OK，we will check it out later，and anyway what matters most is whom I am going to see it with，not the show．"
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．Why was the man at Starbucks alone
A．He got there much too early．
B．He was there for his first date．
C．He wanted to be more polite．
D．He enjoyed watching people there．
( ) 2．What can you know from "You never know when you are going to get hit by the ball in your face"
A．He was worried about his date．
B．Soccer is a difficult game．
C．He was afraid to be hit in the face．
D．He lost a soccer match．
( ) 3．What did the man think of the girl at the first sight(视线)
A．She was very young．
B．She was very careless．
C．She was very fashionable．
D．She was very popular．
( ) 4．What do you know from their dialogue
A．The girl likes seeing films very much．
B．The man has two tickets in his pocket．
C．The girl felt sorry for her being late．
D．The man was good at expressing himself．
( ) 5．Which of the following is true according to the passage
A．The man had much experience in soccer．
B．The film would be shown at 9:00．
C．The girl likes bright color clothes very much．
D．The man forgot the name of the film．
答案：
1．B 根据第一段的内容可知，作者第一次约会在 Starbucks，所以他在那儿等。
2．A 根据“球场上一脚把球踢出去的同时，根本不知道结果如何”，可以判定他对第一次约会很紧张，所以选 A。
3．C 根据第二段内容可知，这个女孩很漂亮，很时尚。
4．D 根据对话内容可知，这个男人很风趣，幽默，善于言辞。所以选 D。
5．A 用排除法。文中没有涉及电影的名字和上演时间，也没有提到这女孩子很爱亮色的衣服，所以选 A。
四
Jenny was a student in my class．She lived in a happy family．She had three sisters and she was the youngest．She seemed to be glued(粘合) to her mother's skirts．Her three older sisters took the bus to school every morning，but she was always driven to school by her mother．
One Friday，Jenny's mother said to me，"My husband and I have to be away to Europe on business for two weeks．I'm very worried about Jenny．She is so young and weak．Will you please help me look after her while we're away "
As a mother of a kid，I knew how worried a mother would be if she was away from her child．
"Don't worry! I'll try my best to take good care of her，" I said．I even volunteered to say that I would wait for Jenny at the school gate every morning to give her a familiar(熟悉的) face．
On the next Monday morning，I waited at the school gate to meet Jenny．When the bus arrived，Jenny and her three sisters got it off．I was surprised to see a happy girl，not a sad，tearful girl．I called Jenny over to ask her how the bus ride went．“Very interesting!” she said．"I always wanted to take a bus with my sisters，but Mom was always together with me．You see there isn't any baby in our family now．I can ride a bus without Mom．I'm no longer a kid．"
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．How many people were there in Jenny's family
A．Three． B．Four． C．Five． D．Six．
( ) 2．What does the underlined part mean in the first paragraph
A．Jenny liked her mother's skirts．
B．Jenny's mother liked Jenny best．
C．Jenny stayed with her mother all the time．
D．Jenny wrote a skirt which was similar to(与……相似) her mother's．
( ) 3．Jenny's mother wanted the writer to ________ while she was away．
A．be serious with Jenny
B．give Jenny more attention
C．pick up Jenny every day
D．meet Jenny at the school gate every day
( ) 4．What do you know from the passage
A．Jenny's mother would go to Europe for a trip．
B．Jenny went to school with her sisters every day．
C．The writer has a son or a daughter．
D．The writer drove Jenny to school when Jenny's mother was away．
( ) 5．What did Jenny's behavior on Monday morning show
A．Jenny thought taking a bus was slower than taking a car．
B．Jenny thought she was old enough to take care of herself．
C．Jenny felt lonely when her mother didn't stay with her．
D．Jenny loved her mother and depended on her．
答案：
1．D 根据第一段的内容可知 Jenny 家里有四个孩子，所以有六口人。
2．C Jenny 总是和母亲在一起，所以选 C。
3．B 根据“Will you please help me look after her while we're away ”可知，Jenny 的妈妈想让作者照顾小 Jenny，选 B。
4．C 根据 As a mother of a kid 可知，作者应该是的一个孩子的母亲，所以选 The writer has a son or a daughter．
5．B 根据最后一段的内容可知，Jenny 和姐姐们一起乘车去上学，表明 Jenny 已经长大能照顾自己了。
五
The picture shows eighteen-year-old Katy Ross in Nepal，a small country in north India．Katy left school 8 months ago and soon she will go to university．She loves travelling and decides to visit Asia before she goes to university．
Katy is living with a family in the capital of Nepal．She has learnt a lot about the country since she arrived 4 months ago．The family has two children but many uncles and cousins live with them in their big house．They have taken Katy to many parties．
Katy teaches for four hours a day at a small school．All the classes are in English and the pupils have spoken English since the age of six．The older children speak English very well．Katy has taught writing，grammar and art，all in English．She enjoys art most．And she thinks the children like the lessons best，too．
Katy has not a lot of time to see Nepal，but soon she will stop teaching and travel around Nepal with a friend．"After that，" Katy says，"we will visit more countries in Asia．We're not sure which ones yet．"
根据短文内容，从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。
( ) 1．Why is Katy in Nepal
A．She is studying there．
B．She wants to take some pictures there．
C．She wants to learn more about the country．
D．She is an exchange student．
( ) 2．Which of the following is TRUE about the family Katy is living with
A．They are friendly．
B．There are three people in their house．
C．They are strange．
D．They have never taken Katy to the parties．
( ) 3．How long has Katy been in Nepal
A．Eight months．
B．Six months．
C．Four months．
D．One month．
( ) 4．When did the children begin to speak English
A．When they are 5 years old．
B．When they are 6 years old．
C．When they are 7 years old．
D．When they are 8 years old．
( ) 5．According to the passage，Katy _______．
A．likes travelling very much
B．doesn't want to live with a family
C．only teaches writing in English
D．will go back to school after she leaves Nepal
答案：
1．C 根据第一段的内容可知卡蒂罗斯喜欢旅游，又因为她到加德满都(尼泊尔的首都)刚刚四个月，就对这个国家有很深的了解；所以选 C。
2．A 根据第一段的内容可知，这个家里居住着很多人，他们经常带着卡蒂罗斯参加一些舞会，确定选“他们很友好”，即选 A。
3．C 根据短文内容可知卡蒂罗斯在尼泊尔待了四个月，不久就离开，所以选“四个月”。
4．B 根据“All the classes are in English and the pupils have spoken English since the age of six．”内容可知，孩子们从六岁就开始说英语了。
5．A 根据短文内容可知卡蒂罗斯喜欢旅游；文中并没有提到她不喜欢和别的家庭一起生活；在那个学校她不仅仅只教写作，还教语法和美术；文中提到他离开尼泊尔之后要去亚洲；所以选 A。
六
My grandma and grandpa live on a farm with a dog named King．My aunt lives in a little house on the side yard with two cats and two kids．My grandma has horses on her farm and had a little horse about one year old that we named Bronson Jr．after my younger brother．My grandma and grandpa work for a place called Campus Crusade for Christ．My grandma recently wrote and published a book called When Dreams Come True．
My grandma has a very kind heart and that is one thing I love about her．She has helped a lot of people．She takes care of children when parents go to work．She is always glad to share others' happiness and sadness．My grandma is one of the wisest people I know．She is my hero．She is the type of person that is just plain(简单的) and fun to be around．Sometimes I work for my grandma and help her clean the house．When I am there I talk to her a lot．I tell her a lot of things and she always has some answers that can cheer me up．
On my birthday，I went to their house for dinner．My grandma made chicken noodle soup．Her noodles tasted so good．
I love my grandma and she is my hero．I hope that one day I can be a helpful woman like my grandma and set a good example for others as well．
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．What's the grandma's horse
A．King．
B．Bronson Jr．
C．Christ．
D．Campus Crusade．
( ) 2．How many children are the writer's aunt's family
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．One．
( ) 3．Who recently published a book named When Dreams Come True
A．The grandpa．
B．The aunt．
C．The grandma．
D．The writer．
( ) 4．Why is the grandma the writer's hero
A．Because she has a very kind heart．
B．Because she has helped a lot of people．
C．Because she is one of the wisest people．
D．Because she is very kind and wise．
( ) 5．Which is the best title(标题) for the passage
A．My grandma has a very kind heart
B．My grandma is wise
C．When Dreams Come true
D．My hero，my grandma．
答案：
1．B 根据第一段的内容可知，Bronson Jr．是一匹马的名字。
2．A 根据第一段的内容可知，叔叔家里有两个孩子和两只猫，所以选 Two。
3．C 从第一段最后一句的内容可知，奶奶最近出版了名叫《美梦成真》的书。
4．D 根据第二段的内容可知，奶奶不仅心地善良，而且很聪明，所以选 D。
5．D 根据短文可以看出 My hero，my grandma 最适合做题目。
七
Many parents like setting family rules for their kids．When kids break rules，parents will give them some punishments，which aren't included in rules．In fact，when you tell your kids about a new rule，you should talk with them about the price they should pay for breaking the rule — what the punishment will be．
Punishments you set should be reasonable，without violence or threat(暴力或威胁)．For example，if you find your son smoking，you may limit his social activities for two weeks．You should punish your kids only in ways you have discussed before the rule is broken．A study shows that the most popular punishment is to limit kids' TV time．
It's understandable that you'll be angry when rules are broken．Punishment is a way to express your anger，but it's not a very good one．Sharing your feelings of anger，disappointment or sadness with your kids can have a better effect(效果) on them．Try to do that．When your kids know what they have done has made you sad，they will feel guilty．When they know their actions influence you greatly．They will obey rules better．
Rules are made to help your kids behave better．If your rules or ways of punishment make them unhappy or under a lot of pressure，are they helpful
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
( ) 1．The passage mainly tells ________．
A．how to make rules
B．why to make rules
C．why to punish kids
D．how to educate kids
( ) 2．Which of the following is the most popular way to punish kids
A．Beating them．
B．Telling them empty threats．
C．Limiting their TV time．
D．Using punishments which are not mentioned in rules．
( ) 3．In the writer's opinion，which is thought to be the best way to express anger to kids
A．Punishing their．
B．Keeping silent．
C．Asking them to do some housework．
D．Telling them how disappointed you are．
( ) 4．The underlined word "guilty" in the passage means "________" in Chinese．
A．激动的 B．无聊的 C．刺激的 D．内疚的
( ) 5．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A．Punishment is the best way to educate kids．
B．Breaking rules is common，so we don't need to pay too much attention to it．
C．Parents set ways of punishment in order to make kids know the price for breaking rules．
D．More pressure should be given to kids．
答案：
1．D 通读全文可知我们怎样使用好家规教育好子女，所以选 D。
2．C 根据第二段的内容可知绝大多数家庭惩罚孩子是限制孩子看电视。
3．D 根据第三段的内容可知，向孩子表达情绪的方式就是和他们多交流，所以选 D。
4．D 根据 When your kids know what they have done has made you sad，以推断出，他们会很“懊悔的，内疚的”，所以选 D。
5．C 根据短文内容可知，惩罚孩子不是更好的教育方式；孩子违法家规很正常，但是我们要足够重视；给孩子适当的压力是应该的，但不是越多越好。父母制定家规的目的是让孩子知道违规是要付出代价的；故选 C。
八
My life has changed since I attended a self-help seminar(交流会)．
One Friday morning my parents drove me to a three-day self-help seminar for teens called the Landmark Forum．When we arrived，my parents left me there．
During the first course，the Landmark Forum leader asked us，"What is your racket " He explained that everyone had a "racket" bad way of behaving．He said that you couldn't be happy until you gave up your racket．My racket was lying．I lied about a lot of things to make myself happy．I always succeeded in lying to others．I felt happy when people told me I was such a convincing liar(说谎者)．However，I felt sad when I heard a girl say that she hated liars that day．
When the first day ended，I was actually looking forward to the next day's courses because of my new friends．
On Saturday，many teenagers started to change．One of my new friends returned the toy bear he had stolen the day before to its owner．He told me that he had never felt so relaxed before，and he suggested that I try giving up my racket．
When I got home from the Landmark Forum，I tried to stop lying and started to take part in ball games and other activities at school．Now I don't hate life any longer．I love it! I never knew I could be so happy．That seminar actually changed my life．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When was the Landmark Forum over
A．On Friday．
B．On Thursday．
C．On Saturday．
D．On Sunday．
( ) 2．The word "racket" in the passage refers to ________．
A．A kind of seminar
B．A bad behavior
C．A good hobby
D．A tool for playing ball games
( ) 3．The underlined word "convincing" in the passage means "________" in Chinese．
A．失败的 B．无聊的 C．愚蠢的 D．令人信服的
( ) 4．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A．The writer don't like the courses during the Landmark Forum．
B．The writer wasn't happy with his life in the past．
C．The writer's new friends stole a toy bear on Saturday．
D．The writer's parents stayed together with him during the Landmark Forum courses．
( ) 5．What can we learn from the passage
A．Many people don't like telling lies．
B．We shouldn't make friends with bad people．
C．It is hard to stop stealing．
D．We should give up bad habits and love life．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第二段中 One Friday morning my parents drove me to a three-day self-help seminar 可以确定交流会共有三天，故 D 正确。
2．B 根据短文中第二段内容“I was such a convincing liar(说谎者)．”可以确定该词是不好的行为。
3．D 根据第二段中“I felt happy when people told me I was such a convincing liar”(说谎者)．可以确定作者很会撒谎，即该词意思是“令人信服的”。
4．B 根据第二段中 However，I felt sad when I heard a girl say that she hated liars that day．可确定作者以前并不快乐。
5．D 通读全文可知，生活中难免会有这样那样的缺点，只有不断地改变自己，才能感到生活美好的一面。
九
What's your idea of a perfect mom In America，moms of the 1950s and 60s in the TV plays were the "perfect" examples．They always made freshly cooked meals and had a tidy house．It was their full-time job to care for the children and the home．It meant that the home was the real centre of mothers' lives．But that was 40 — 50 years ago．Times have changed，and so have the roles of moms．
In the U.S．，in 1960s，society began to change．The women's liberation movement(妇女解放运动) caused women to question their traditional and solid roles．And women began leaving their homes to get jobs or go back to school．Society changed in Asia，too．Fifty years later，it becomes normal for mothers to work outside the home without the exception(例外)．This is true in both America and Asia．
Mothers today serve as presidents，CEOs，university teachers and airline pilots．In fact，they can be found in every profession(职业)．But most people will tell you，their most important job is still being a mom．
1 题为判断正误(“T”表示正确，“F”表示错误)；2 — 4 题为简略回答；5 题为英译汉。
1．Moms work outside the home in both America and Asia now．
_________________________________________________________
2．Do mothers only work in special professions today
_________________________________________________________
3．When did women begin leaving their homes to get jobs in the U.S．
_________________________________________________________
4．According to the passage，what is the most important job for a perfect mom
_________________________________________________________
5．Put the underlined sentence in the passage into Chinese．
_________________________________________________________
答案：
1．T 根据第二段的内容可知，美国的妈妈走出家庭出来工作，亚洲的也是如此，所以是正确的。
2．No，they don't．从第三段的内容看，当今女性在各个行业都能看到，所以题干错误。
3．In 1960s．／After the woman's liberation movement．根据第二段的内容可知，是在 20 世纪 60 年代，也就是妇女解放运动爆发之后。
4．Being a mom．根据文章最后一句可知，判定是否是完美妈妈关键要是个母亲。
5．时代变了，妈妈的角色也变了。Topic Eight Weather and Nature 天气与自然
话说中考
随着社会经济的快速发展，社会和谐已提上日程，天气与自然环境很快就成为人们关注的话题之一。此类话题多是说明文和议论文。这就要求我们了解说明文和议论文的特点，这样才能对问题进一步地分析和解读，才能自觉地完成命题要求，取得高分。
解题思路：把握该类话题的特征，对所给信息进行归纳整合
走进中考(湖北襄樊·2010)
Earthquakes happen without warning(前兆)．They can happen any time of a day，at any point during the year．When an earthquake is happening，you should know what you should do or not do．
Do NOT go outside．You could get injured from falling glass or parts of buildings．If you are outside，stay away from buildings and power lines(输电线)．
Stay under a desk，table，or other strong furniture．Hold on to it．Or stay in a corner of the building．Cover your face and head with your arms and cover your mouth with a towel or clothing．Stay inside until shaking stops and it is safe to go outside．
Keep away from windows，pictures or advertisements on the wall or the building，and anything else that could fall and hurt you．Most people get injured by falling things during an earthquake，not by the shaking itself．
Also keep away from a fire．You could fall down and burn yourself on the fire．
If you are driving when an earthquake happens，stop the car if it's safe．Stay inside your car until the earthquake stops，and don't drive near bridges．Try not to stop by power lines or trees．These could fall and hurt you．
阅读短文，根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．It isn't safe for you to _______ while the earthquake is happening．
A．run out of the building
B．stay in a corner of the building
C．cover your head with your arms
D．cover your mouth with a towel
( ) 2．From this passage，we know _______．
A．many people fear earthquakes
B．earthquakes maybe happen at any time
C．we can't save ourselves in an earthquake
D．people never get injured in earthquakes
( ) 3．The best title for this passage should be "_______"．
A．How Earthquakes Happen
B．How to Drive a Car
C．What We Should Do in Earthquakes
D．Why Earthquakes Happen
解析
1．A BCD 三项在第三段可找到答案；根据第二段内容可知 A 项的做法是不安全的，故正确答案为 A。
2．B 根据第一段前两句可知，地震可能随时会发生，故 B 项为正确答案。
3．C 通过全文可知本文主要是在介绍发生地震时，我们应该采取哪些措施才能使自己避免受伤，故正确答案为 C。
话题专练
一
Earthquakes may happen anywhere on the earth．When some plates of the earth move suddenly，an earthquake happens．Many earthquakes begin under the sea．They often happen near the mountains，too．
During an earthquake，the shakings make rocks rise suddenly and even crack(断裂) open．Houses fall，people are killed or hurt，and sometimes the whole villages or cities are destroyed．
Can we do something to keep ourselves safe from earthquakes Scientists have studied earthquakes and made maps that show the "earthquake belts"．In areas in these belts，it's possible for earthquakes to happen．In these areas we should build strong houses to fight against earthquakes．
In the future，scientists will be able to tell when and where an earthquake will be before they happen．They can also tell people what to do and how to do it．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The reason for an earthquake is _______．
A．that there are so many plates on the earth
B．that the sea is too deep
C．rocks' cracking open
( ) 2．A lot of earthquakes often happens _______．
A．in the area
B．next to mountains
C．at night
( ) 3．A map showing the earthquake belts will tell people _______．
A．what kind of houses to build
B．what kind of houses can stay up in an earthquake
C．where earthquake may happen
( ) 4．Which is Not True according to the passage
A．During an earthquake people are killed or hurt．
B．The scientists can tell when and where an earthquake is now．
C．we should build strong houses to fight against earthquakes．
( ) 5．In the future，we'll be no longer so afraid of earthquakes _______．
A．with the help of scientists' exact prediction
B．because of a map showing the "earthquake belts"
C．because we can guess the date and place of earthquakes
答案：
1．A 根据文章第一段中“When some plates of the earth move suddenly，an earthquake happens．"可知，地球是由许多板块构成的，板块的移动产生了地震，所以根源在板块。
2．B 根据短文第一段内容可知，地震常发生在山脉附近。
3．C 根据短文第三段内容可知，地图将告诉我们地震带常发生地震。
4．B 根据短文最后一段内容可知，专家预测将来能判定地震发生的时间和地点，而不是现在。
5．A 根据短文最后一段内容可以推测出专家能预测地震发生的时间和地点，所以我们不必担心将来发生地震。
二
Have you ever seen a greenhouse Most greenhouses look like a small glass house．
Greenhouses are used to grow plants，especially in winter．Greenhouses work by trapping heat from the sun，the glass panels(板) of the greenhouse let light in，but keep heat from escaping．This causes the greenhouse to heat up，much like the inside of the parked in sunlight，and keeps the plants warm enough to live in winter．
The earth's atmosphere(大气) is all around us．It is the air that we breathe．Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere behave much like the glass panels in a greenhouse．Sunlight enters the Earth's atmosphere，passing through the blanket of greenhouse gases．As it reaches the Earth's surface，land，water，and biosphere(生物圈)，they take up the sunlight's energy．Once the heat is taken up，this energy is sent back into the atmosphere．Some of the energy passes back into space，but much of it remains trapped in the atmosphere by the greenhouse gases，causing our world to heat up．
The greenhouse effect is important．Without the greenhouse effect，the Earth would not be warm enough for humans to live．But if the greenhouse effect becomes stronger，it could make the earth warmer than usual．Even a little extra warming may bring problems to humans，plants，and animals．
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1．What are greenhouses used for
________________________________________________________
2．Why is the temperature in the greenhouse higher than that outside
________________________________________________________
3．What behaves much like the glass panels in a greenhouse
________________________________________________________
4．If we didn't have the greenhouse effect，what would happen
________________________________________________________
5．What does the article mainly tell us
________________________________________________________
答案：
1．They are used for growing plants．答案来自第二段的第一句。
2．根据短文第二段中温室效应的工作原理可知，答案是 Because the glass panels of the greenhouse can let light in，and keep heat from escaping．
3．根据短文第三段的“much of it remains trapped in the atmosphere by the greenhouse gases”可知，温室塑料板的作用像空中大气层的作用，即答案是 Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere．
4．根据最后一段内容可知，如果没有大气层的温室效应，人类就不能生存，即答案为 Humans couldn't live because the earth would not be warm enough．
5．根据全文内容可知，主要是温室效应及对人类的影响，所以答案为 It mainly tells us what the greenhouse effect is and its influence．
三
No one can change the weather．But if read the signs correctly around us，we can know how the weather will be．This way of telling what the weather will be like on the following day or two is called weather forecasting．For many centuries and in all countries，people have studied the weather and tried to make weather forecasting．Rings around the sun are a sign of coming rain．Many people feel in their bones the coming of wet weather．Their joints(关节) ache．Some birds fly high if the fine weather is coming，but they fly near ground if rainy or stormy weather is on the way．It is probably because of the insects which they are hunting fly low．If you see a rainbow during rainy weather，this is a sign that the weather will become clear and fine．Such rainbows come in the evening．If the stars twinkle clearly at night，then fine weather will continue．If a fog appears in the evening just above a river，then the day will be warm．If the sunset is mostly red in color，then the morning，rainy weather will probably come．Most of the above sayings have been made by the people who have used their eyes and brains to make weather forecasting．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．People's joints ache _______．
A．is a sign of coming rain
B．because they are ill
C．without any reason
D．because of the insects
( ) 2．Which is true about weather forecasting
A．Weather forecasting is a report about the weather on the following day or two．
B．Weather forecasting is a way of telling what the weather will be like．
C．People can change the weather forecasting．
D．Weather forecasting is a sign of coming rain．
( ) 3．The birds fly high and the stars twinkle clearly is a sign that the weather will _______．
A．be rainy
B．be warm
C．continue clear and fine
D．be cold
( ) 4．A rainbow during rainy weather is a _______ of the fine weather．
A．sign B．way C．method D．road
( ) 5．We must _______ to make weather forecasting．
A．use our eyes and brains
B．study the weather hard
C．read the weather hard
D．all of the above
答案：
1．A 根据短文 Many people feel in their bones the coming of wet weather．可知，人们的一些关节疼痛是雨天来临的标志。
2．B 根据短文内容可知，天气预报是对未来几天的预测；不是对天气的报道，也不是雨天的标志，即排除 A、D；根据短文第一句可知“人们更不能改变天气”排除 C，所以答案是 B。
3．C 根据短文中 Some birds fly high if the fine weather is coming，和 If the stars twinkle clearly at night，then fine weather will continue．可知，鸟儿飞的高和夜晚星光灿烂是天气晴朗、温度适宜的象征。
4．A 根据短文中 If you see a rainbow during rainy weather，this is a sign that the weather will become clear and fine．可知，雨后彩虹是天气晴朗的标志。
5．D 从整篇文章来看，对天气的了解不仅靠人们的眼睛和大脑，还要继续多观察和研究，所以选 D。
四
"Green" is more than just a color．It also means taking special steps to protect the environment — the water，the land，and the air we breathe．What can you do Here's one of the guides to being green：
Sometimes people call our society a "throwaway society"．That means that we're a little willing to throw away old things and buy new things．Many times，even if you no longer need something，someone else just might．For example，if your baby brother doesn't want his plastic basketball hoop(篮筐)，why not give it to another family who has a little kid
Here are some other ways to reuse the things you have：
Use rechargeable(可再充电的) batteries for your laptops，MP3 players，cell phones，and digital cameras．
Choose reusable travel cups instead of disposable(一次性的) paper or plastic cups．
Take your own bags when you go to the grocery store．
Drink tap water instead of buying bottled water．If you don't like how your tap water tastes，a low-cost filtration(过滤) system could make a difference．Get a reusable water bottle so you can take it with you．
Organize an exchange among your friends．What can you exchange Books，toys，even clothes．It's a way for everyone to get something new without spending any money and without throwing lots of things away．
根据短文内容，完成句子。
1．Green is not only a color but also means _______．
2．If your brother doesn't want his plastic basketball hoop，you can _______．
3．You should _______ instead of disposable paper or plastic cups．
4．You can exchange _______ with your friends．
5．The article mainly tells us _______．
答案：
1．根据短文第一段内容可知，绿色不仅是一种颜色，还是环保的一种标志，即答案为 taking special steps to protect the environment。
2．根据短文中“if your baby brother doesn't want his plastic basketball hoop(篮筐)，why not give it to another family who has a little kid ”可知，不用的塑料筐可以送给别的小孩子，即答案为 give if to another family who has a little kid。
3．根据短文中第二条建议可知，我们可以用个人专用杯来代替一次性杯子或塑料杯，即答案是 choose reusable travel cups。
4．根据短文最后一段内容可知，可交换的东西有 books，toys，and clothes。
5．通读全文可知，这篇文章主要告诉我们，生活中如何环保，所以答案是 how to protect our environment in our lives。
五
There are some easy things you can do to protect the environment and the earth．Choose ideas from the list or come up with a few of your own．
★ Plant flowers，grass or trees．
★ Whenever you visit a park or a beach，take away what you bring there and keep rubbish in a bag until you can put it into a dustbin．
★ Turn off the lights，TV sets when you leave a room．This saves a lot of electricity．
★ Turn off the tap when you brush your teeth．You can save some water by not letting it run．Also，use a glass or cup instead of a paper one because this saves paper．
★ Keep the doors and windows closed in winter to keep warm air in．
★ Give your old books and magazines to a library instead of throwing them away．
★ Give your clothes to poor children instead of throwing them away．
★ Use both sides of paper．
★ Stop pouring dirty water into the rivers or lakes nearby．
★ Encourage all your friends to do the same things you do to help protect the earth．
If everyone makes contribution to protect the environment，the world will become much more beautiful．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．From the above，we know that the passage is _______．
A．an ad
B．a proposal(建议)
C．a sign
D．a notice
( ) 2．The writer mainly tells us _______．
A．to pour dirty water into the rivers
B．to throw rubbish into a dustbin
C．to save water by turning on the tap while brushing our teeth
D．that we can't do all these things every day
( ) 3．We can _______ to save paper．
A．use both sides of paper
B．pick up waste paper at school
C．use a paper cup
D．give old toys to poor children
( ) 4．Which of the following is WRONG according to the writer
A．Turn off the lights when you leave a room．
B．Close the doors and windows in winter．
C．Use a paper cup when you brush your teeth．
D．Give your old clothes to the poor children．
( ) 5．The title of this passage is ________．
A．Save Water and Electricity
B．Protect the Earth
C．Make Better Use of Old Things
D．Save Money
答案：
1．B 根据短文内容可知这是一则倡议书。
2．B 由“...you can put it into a dustbin．”可知答案。
3．A 由第八条建议可知答案是 use both sides of paper。
4．C 由第四条建议 use a glass or cup instead of a paper one 可知，答案是 C。
5．B 根据短文大意可知是谈论保护地球。
六
How many plastic bags do you use every day Is there any chance for us to live without them What can we do to have less plastic pollution A performance in Hangzhou makes people think more about the overuse of plastic bags in our lives．
In front of a supermarket in Hangzhou，five volunteers wore white plastic bags and walked around and through the crowd．The performance called on people to use more cloth bags instead of plastic ones．
Some of the plastic bags worn by the performers were collected from customers(顾客) in two food markets and the others were collected by 700 students from a secondary school．
On that day，when leaving the food markets，customers were told to hand over unnecessary plastic shopping bags．Several hundred plastic bags were collected in two hours．
"If we do nothing about it，the earth will be eaten up by white pollution．And humans will become 'plastic men'，" said one of the performers．
"How can you breathe in so many plastic bags " A middle-aged woman asked one performer．"How can the earth breathe if there are too many plastic bags " the performer answered．
Starting from June last year，plastic bags were no longer given for free in supermarkets，shopping malls or food markets all over the country．
People are called on to use cloth bags when they go shopping．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Since June last year people should _______ plastic bags all over the country．
A．pay for
B．get
C．use as many as
D．stop using
( ) 2．A performance took place in _______．
A．a supermarket
B．a plastic bag shop
C．Hangzhou
D．a school
( ) 3．— Why did the performers wear white plastic bags and walk around
— They wanted ________．
A．to ask people to overuse plastics
B．to invite people to go to the supermarket
C．to give people more bags
D．to persuade people not to use plastic bags
( ) 4．If we don't do something against the pollution，humans _______．
A．will be polluted
B．will become "plastic men"
C．won't be comfortable
D．will be plastic ones
( ) 5．The main idea of this passage is about _______ pollution．
A．white B．air C．water D．light
答案：
1．A 文章中讲到自 2008 年 6 月 1 日起，为减少白色污染的泛滥而有偿使用塑料袋，而不是禁止使用。
2．C 根据文章第一段最后一句“A performance in Hangzhou makes people think more about the overuse of plastic bags in our lives．”可知，这个演出活动在杭州举行。
3．D 根据文章第二段最后一句可知他们的目的是号召人们用布袋代替塑料袋。
4．B 根据笫五段主要介绍如果我们人类再不做些事情制止白色污染，那么地球有一天会被白色污染所吞噬，那么地球人也会被污染成 plastic men。
5．A 由短文内容可知文章主旨是有关白色污染的。
七
"What would you do if you were the mayor(市长) of your city " We asked some students from different cities．Here are what they said：
Deng Chuan，15，from Dazhou
With the development of modern industry(工业)，more and more waste water is being poured into the Zhouhe River．It has caused serious pollution．The river is becoming so dirty that few living things can live in it．So，if I were the mayor，I would order all the factories that pour the waste water into the river to close down．As we all know，water is the source(根源) of our lives．It is very important to protect water．
Zhang Yan，14，from Chengdu
Our city is more and more beautiful．But sometimes it's not convenient for the blind．There are not enough pavements(人行道) in our city．Some of the old ones are broken．They may not be safe to walk on! If I were the mayor of our city，I would build more pavements for the blind．
Wang Lili，16，from Chongqing
There are more and more old people in our city．And there are not enough places for them to relax and enjoy themselves．So，if I were the mayor，I would build an activity center in each residential(住宅) area for the old．So old people can play cards or chess．This will make old people not feel lonely any more and spend remaining years comfortably．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What does Deng Chuan care for
A．water pollution．
B．Air pollution．
C．Pavements for the blind．
D．Activity centers for the old．
( ) 2．Who's the youngest of the three students
A．Deng Chuan．
B．Zhang Yan．
C．Wang Lili．
D．I don't know．
( ) 3．What does the underlined word "convenient" mean in Chinese
A．方便的 B．简单的 C．便宜的 D．具有吸引力的
( ) 4．Where is Wang Lili from
A．Dazhou． B．Chengdu． C．Chongqing． D．Zhouhe．
( ) 5．Which of the following is FALSE
A．It's very important for Dazhou to protect water．
B．There are enough pavements for the blind in Chengdu．
C．There aren't enough places for the old people to relax and enjoy themselves in Chongqing．
D．Some of the old pavements in Chengdu are broken．
答案：
1．A 根据短文中第一个学生的答语可知，more and more waste water is being poured into the Zhouhe River．It has caused serious pollution．确定答案是 A。
2．B 根据三个同学的简介可知，Zhang Yan 年龄最小。
3．A 根据上下句的关系可知，是对盲人不方便。
4．C 根据最后那名学生的介绍可知，她来自重庆。
5．B 从 Zhang Yan 的介绍中的第三句 There are not enough pavements(人行道) in our city．可知，B 项是错误的。
八
Different weather makes people feel different．It influences health，intelligence(智力) and feelings．In August，it is very hot and wet in the southern part of the United States．People there have heart trouble and other kinds of health problems during this month．In the northeast and the middle west，it is very hot sometimes and very cold sometimes．People in these states have more heart trouble after the weather changes in February or March．
The weather can also influence intelligence．For example，in a 1983 study by scientists showed that the IQ of a group of students was very high when a very strong wind came，but after the strong wind，their IQ was 10% lower．The wind can help people have more intelligence．Very hot weather，on the other hand，can make it lower．Students in many schools of the United States often do worse on exams in the hot months of the year(July and August)．
Weather also has a strong influence on people's feelings．Winter may be a bad time for thin people．They usually feel cold these months．They might feel unhappy during cold weather．But fat people may have a hard time in hot summer．At about 18℃，people become stronger．
Low air pressure(气压) may make people forgetful．People leave more bags on buses and in shops on low-pressure days．There is "good weather" for work and health．People feel best at a temperature of about 18℃．
Are you feeling sad，tired，forgetful，or unhappy today It may be the weather's fault．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．_______ can have a bad effect on health．
A．Hot and wet weather
B．Good weather
C．Warm weather
D．High intelligence
( ) 2．People may have more intelligence when _______ comes．
A．a rain
B．very hot weather
C．a wind
D．low air pressure
( ) 3．Low air pressure may make people _______．
A．forgetful B．sad C．angry D．tired
( ) 4．In "good weather" of 18℃，_______．
A．people are very forgetful
B．people can't do their work well
C．thin people feel cold
D．people are in better health
( ) 5．The article mainly tells us that _______．
A．weather influences people's health
B．weather influences people's intelligence
C．weather influences people's feelings
D．all of the above．
答案：
1．A 根据短文第一段内容可知，天气过于热和湿润对人体健康都有危害。
2．C 根据短文中第二段内容中 The wind can help people have more intelligence．可以确定答案。
3．A 根据短文倒数第二段第一句 Low air pressure(气压) may make people forgetful．可确定答案。
4．D 根据短文倒数第二段内容可知，人在温度 18℃ 左右时感觉最舒服，所以选 D。
5．D 通读全文可知，主要是讲天气对人的健康、智力和情感的影响。
九
Recycling is nothing new．Water，paper，used bags，and many other things have been recycled and used again in many different ways for many years．It is only the world that is new．But now that natural materials are becoming more difficult to find，many countries are experimenting with other ways of keeping materials．
In the U.S.A.，a publishing film has brought out several books on pollution and waste．The books are made of recycled paper — that has used as papers before．In this way，several thousand trees are saved．If those books are multiplied(大大增加) by a hundred，or even a thousand，the whole forest will be saved．One school boy has got the conclusion that if every school book in the U.S.A．was recycled，there would be enough paper for fifty packets of peanuts(花生)，and these peanuts are enough for every child in the world for a period of time．
Several firms are experimenting with making containers(集装箱) from hard plastic which，when the containers are finished，can be used as building materials，a kind of brick．If mountains of empty cans all over the world can be changed into building materials that are not too expensive，that，is a new source of material．
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
1．Recycling is to use materials for the _______ time．
2．Why are people looking for ways of making use of the waste materials
Because it is _______ to find _______ materials
3．What is the result of using the recycled paper
A large number of _______ are saved．
4．What can be used to building houses according to the passage
It's _______ _______ that containers are made of．
5．What can be used as building materials besides containers
They're _______ _______ all over the world．
答案：
1．second 回收再利用就是对物质材料的第二次利用。
2．difficult／hard；natural 根据短文中 ...natural materials are becoming more difficult to find，可知。
3．trees 由文章中 In this way，several thousand trees are saved．可知答案。
4．hard plastic 由文章中 Several firms ale experimenting with making containers(集装箱) from hard plastic... 可知答案。
5．empty cans 根据短文最后一句可知答案。
Topic Seven Emotions 个人情感
话说中考
该话题是中考中最有话可说、有内容可写的部分，多以故事的形式出现。针对这一话题的内容，要注意细节性的题目，同时又涉及到对人生的理解与领悟。学生应该能在理解的基础上，对文章进行总结与概括。
解题思路：理解文意，注意细节，把握关键信息，领悟暗含深意。
走进中考(安徽芜湖·2010)
When a young man was 16，his father seriously said to him，"I'll give you whatever you want before you are 18．But after that，I won't care much about you，and you should give me whatever I want．" When his 18th birthday was coming，the young man began thinking about looking for a job．So he sent his resumes(简历) to many companies he liked on the Internet．"However，most got no replies，" he said．"Maybe they were surprised about my primary school education．"
By chance，one of his friends was looking for someone，who could work as an egg porter(搬运工) in the supermarket，for half a dollar a box．Facing lots of difficulties in getting a job，he said，"I'll take this job．At least I can make some money for my gas．" Then every day，he drove his car，his 18th birthday gift，to work in the supermarket．He did that for three months．
Later，he heard that a newspaper was looking for a network technician(网络技术员)，so he asked for it．But they were also worried about his school education．He practiced his skill right in front of the computer，and showed the managers the web pages he had made．He started to work the next day，and became the leader of the network department(部门) in less than a year．
And now，the 23-year-old man is a boss．Last year，he started a magazine for children，with himself as the editor in chief(主编)．And the only writer was his father．
( ) 1．The young man began to look for a job when he was _______．
A．18 B．16 C．22 D．23
( ) 2．It was difficult for the young man to get a job because _______．
A．he had an expensive car
B．his father cared much about him
C．he was young
D．he didn't have much education
( ) 3．How long did the young man do the job as an egg proter
A．For less than a year．
B．For one day．
C．For three months．
D．For two years．
( ) 4．The young man got the job as a network technician because _______．
A．he wanted to be a leader
B．he was good at computer
C．he decided to work for the newspaper
D．his resumes were sent through the Internet
( ) 5．The magazine that the young man started was perhaps about _______．
A．computer science
B．funny stories
C．foreign news
D．network
解析
1．A 根据“When his 18th birthday was coming，the young man began thinking about looking for a job．”可知他开始想找工作是在 18 岁，故 A 项正确。
2．D 根据“However，most got no replies，...Maybe they were surprised about my primary school education”可以推测出许多公司没回复的原因可能是因为他的学历，故正确答案为 D。
3．C 根据“He did that for three months”可知，搬运工的工作他干了三个月，故正确答案为 C。
4．B 根据“He practiced his skill right in front of the computer，and showed...”可知正确答案为 B。
5．B 根据最后一段内容我们可知他写的杂志面向的对象是少年儿童，比较四个选项中能引起儿童关注的应该是 funny stories，故正确答案为 B。
话题专练
一
When I was a kid，my dad used to sing me the old song Pack up Your Troubles．The words of the song often go through my mind while I'm packing for a trip — "Pack up your troubles in your bag and smile，smile，smile．"
However，for my friend，Vikki，what to pack isn't as important as whom to pack．She takes the photos of her family and friends who are dead everywhere．Vikki takes her "mother" skiing in Mammoth and takes her "mother" to Rome．Vikki has taken a number of people to foreign places like Australia．I'm very interested in this practice and often ask her about it．
During a trip two years ago，I saw the power of this practice．When Larry and I had just finished dinner at a restaurant，Vikki passed a small photo to Larry and asked，"Would you like to have your mom with you tomorrow when you climb Machu Picchu " Larry was clearly moved and put the photo in his pocket．The next day，Larry had his "mom" with him and I could feel the joy he felt．
With all the rules about travel today，we should take something with us that makes us happy，or at least smile，smile，smile．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What did his father use to sing for him when he was young
A．Smile，smile，smile．
B．Pack Up Your Troubles．
C．Mother．
D．I don't know．
( ) 2．Who likes to take "mother" skiing during a trip
A．The writer．
B．Larry．
C．Vikki．
D．All of them．
( ) 3．This passage mainly tells us ________
A．that everyone should take photo of family when traveling
B．that Vikki often travels with her friends and family．
C．about a trip two years ago that changed Larry's mind．
D．that we should pack happiness when traveling．
( ) 4．Which of the following sentence is TRUE
A．She takes the photos of her family and friends who are living everywhere．
B．Vikki has taken a number of people to foreign places like Australia．
C．Larry and I had just finishes basketball at a restaurant．
D．we should take photos with us that makes us happy，or at least smile，smile，smile．
( ) 5．The best title for this passage might be "________"．
A．Enjoy Traveling
B．Love Your family
C．Travel with Happiness
D．Travel with Family
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段的内容可知，作者小时候父亲常常给他唱 Pack Up Your Troubles 这首歌，即选 B。
2．C 根据短文中 vikki takes her "mother" skiing in Mammoth and takes her "mother" to Rome．可知，答案是 C。
3．D 通读短文可以判断山主要是告诉我们当我们远行时要心中充满快乐，所以选 D。
4．B 根据短文内容可知，A 项 Vikki 喜欢把她的过世的亲戚和朋友的照片带在身边，排除了 A；C 项中应是作者和 Larry 在饭店里吃晚饭，而题中却是吃早饭，排除了 C；根据最后一段内容可知，作者提倡远行要带上使我们喜欢的东西，不仅仅是照片，所以选 B。
5．C 根据短文内容可以看出主要是讲快乐行程，所以主题确定为 C。
二
Jack hadn't seen the old man for a long time．In fact，Jack had moved to the country to follow his dream．He was too busy to think about the past and spend time with his family．He was working on his future，and nothing could stop him．
Over the phone，his mother told him，"Mr．Belser died last night．The funeral(葬礼) is on Wednesday．" His thoughts went back to the old days．
"Jack，did you hear me "
"Oh，sorry，Mom．I heard you．I haven't thought about him for a long time．I thought he died years ago，" Jack said．
"Well，he didn't forget you．Every time I saw him，he would ask about you．He remembered the days you spent with him in his house，" Mom said．
"You know，Jack，after your father died，he tried to make sure you had a man's influence in your life，" Mom said．
"He taught me carpentry(木匠活)，" Jack said．"I wouldn't be doing this job if it were not for him．He always taught me things he thought were important．Mom，I'll be there for the funeral．"
Mr．Belser's funeral was small．He had no children．The night before he returned，Jack and his mother went to see Mr．Belser's old house．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Who was the old man
A．Mr．Belser．
B．Jack's father．
C．Jack．
D．Jack's mother．
( ) 2．Why did Jack move to the country
A．Because he didn't see the old man．
B．Because of his dream．
C．Because he didn't live with his mother together．
D．Because nothing could stop him．
( ) 3．Why did Jack look back to the old days
A．Because Mr．Belser died last night．
B．Because his mother was sad．
C．Because of his mother's words．
D．Because he wanted to come back for the funeral．
( ) 4．According to the passage，what does Jack do
A．A worker．
B．A student．
C．A carpenter．
D．An engineer．
( ) 5．How many children did Mr．Belser have
A．One．
B．Two．
C．I don't know．
D．None．
答案：
1．A 根据短文中第一、二段的内容可知，这位老人是 Mr.Belser，所以选 A。
2．B 根据短文第一段的内容可知，Jack 远离故乡是为了实现他的梦想，即选 B。
3．C 根据短文第二段内容可知，妈妈的话使他想起了自己的童年往事。
4．C 根据短文倒数第二段中 Jack 的叙述可知，Jack 是一名木匠。
5．D 根据短文最后一段可知，Mr.Belser 没有儿女，所以选 D。
三
Last summer，I took part in a 6-hour adventure(冒险) race with friends．For the race，I really didn't know what to expect．I knew we would be doing a few different things like mountain biking and hiking．At the beginning of the race，we received a map with 20 checkpoints(关卡) of an 18-mile，course．To finish the race，we had to reach all the 20 checkpoints in six hours．The roads to checkpoints were not clearly marked，so we spent a lot of time checking if we were on the right way to the next checkpoint．
There were times when I was burning up under the 35℃ heat，or swimming across a dangerous river，or so tired that I didn't want to take another step．At those times，I asked myself，"You call this an adventure What you really want to do is to give up and go back home " Then I went on running．However，something happened when I completed all the 20 checkpoints and crossed the finish line．I forgot all of the pain．I felt such a huge sense of accomplishment(成就)．We did it! We did it better than we had thought! We finished the adventure race in 15th place out of 60 teams!
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．What did the writer do last summer
A．Running．
B．Swimming．
C．Climbing．
D．Taking part in an adventure race．
( ) 2．How was the day when he took part in a 6-hour adventure race with friends
A．Rainy．
B．Not hot and not cold．
C．Very hot．
D．Very cold．
( ) 3．When the writer crossed the finish line，he felt _______．
A．tired B．angry C．unhappy D．successful
( ) 4．The writer mainly wants to tell us _______．
A．that we will have a lot of things to do in an adventure race
B．that he has met many problems in an adventure race
C．that we have to finish 20 checkpoints in life
D．we shouldn't give up when we meet difficulties
( ) 5．The best title for this passage might be "_______"．
A．Twenty Checkpoints to Pass
B．The 15th Place
C．How to Complete an Adventure race
D．Times to Give Up
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一段的内容可知，作者去年参加了一个 6 小时的野外冒险比赛活动，所以答案是 D。
2．C 根据短文可以推断出，当时的天气非常炎热，35°的高温，所以选择 C。
3．D 根据短文中 I felt such a huge sense of accomplishment(成就)可知，当作者穿过终点时，有一种成功感，所以选 D。
4．D 通读全文可知，作者主要告诉我们，遇到闲难不要轻易放弃，坚持到最后，就有机会成功，即选 D。
5．A 根据整篇短文内容可知，题目可以概括为“人生路上的二十道关卡”，所以选 A。
四
What is a gesture We can make gestures with our hands．With gestures we can express a lot．For example，we can express that something is good or bad，or makes us feel happy or unhappy．Think of parents who are trying to get their young children to come to them．What do they do Don't they open their hands with palms facing up to ask their children to come to them And it works．
Expressions on the face are important，too．People can communicate through expressions on the face without even saying a simple word．When people do not enjoy a certain kind of food，they usually make a face．That face tells the people around them that they do not like what they're eating．Besides that，the face can also express care and love．It helps other people understand what we are thinking．
Using gestures and expressions on the face can affect your public speaking．Believe it or not，it can help you do better．When people's gestures and expressions match their words and emotions，they will attract more attention from people，as their talk becomes more interesting．
根据短文内容，完成下列句子。
1．The first paragraph mainly tells us about ________．
2．People can use ________ and _______ to communicate without even saying a simple word．
3．The underlined word "palms" means _______ in Chinese．
4．The last paragraph mainly says that _______．
5．The article is written to explain ________．
答案：
1．the meaning of gestures．根据短文第一段的内容可知，主要是讲手势的含义，即答案为 the meaning of gestures．。
2．gestures，expressions on the face 根据短文内容可知，人们在不用语言的情况下，可以用手势和面部表情来交流。
3．手掌 根据短文中句子的含义可知，父母打开手掌提示孩子走到他们跟前的手势，所以确定 “palms”是“手掌”的意思。
4．using gestures and expressions can be helpful in public speaking．根据短文最后一段内容可知，主要是讲用手势和面部表情对公共场合的谈话是有帮助的。
5．the importance of gestures and expressions．通读全文可知，主要是讲体态语言的重要性。
五
It was a fine night outside the house．Granddad said to Peter，"I'll get my fiddle(小提琴) to play for you．" But he brought out a blanket．It was a big double blanket．"Look，isn't that a fine blanket And isn't your father a kind man "
Granddad pretended(假装) that he wanted to go away to the old people's house．There he'd be with many other old men．Peter had to believe Dad would really do it when he saw the blanket．
"Oh，yes，it's fine，" said Peter．He went into the house．He didn't cry and also he was too old for that．He just went to get Granddad's fiddle．
That girl would be Dad's new wife(妻子) soon．Yes，she had told him she'd try to be a good mother to him．
Granddad stopped suddenly and said，"It's a fine girl．He'll be feeling young again with a beautiful wife like that．It's best that I go away．" Then，Dad and the girl came．The girl spoke to Granddad，"I won't be here when you leave in the morning，so I come over to say good-bye．"
"It's kind of you．" he said．"Please look at this fine blanket! My son is giving it to me．"
"Yes，it's a fine double blanket．" she said．"That blanket is too expensive．" she said to Dad． Dad said，"I wanted him to have the best..." "He doesn't need a double blanket at all!" then she went away．
Suddenly the boy brought out a pair of scissors(一把剪刀) from the house．"Here，Dad．Cut(剪) the blanket into two．And keep the other half．I'll give it to you when you're old．"
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When did the story happen
A．At a fine night．
B．In the morning．
C．In the afternoon．
D．I don't know．
( ) 2．Who would play the fiddle for the boy
A．The boy's father．
B．The boy's grandpa．
C．The beautiful girl．
D．The boy's mother．
( ) 3．How about the big double blanket
A．Very good．
B．It's not fine．
C．It's too expensive．
D．It's beautiful．
( ) 4．Why did the boy want to cut the blanket into two
A．Because the blanket was a big double blanket．
B．Because the boy didn't need a double blanket at all．
C．Because the boy wanted to give it to his father．
D．Because he liked the double blanket．
( ) 5．The article mainly tells us ________．
A．the boy's grandfather was very old
B．the boy don't love the old man
C．the boy didn't have his own mother
D．the father didn't treat the boy's grandfather well
答案：
1．A 根据短文第一段内容可知，这个故事发生在夜里，即选 A。
2．B 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定是爷爷要给男孩拉小提琴。
3．C 由倒数第二段中 That blanket is too expensive．可知 C 项正确。
4．C 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，男孩想把毛毯留一半给爸爸，所以拿剪子把它剪开，即选 C。
5．D 根据整篇短文内容可以看出，男孩的父亲不孝敬他的老父亲，所以选 D。
六
A young man was getting ready to finish school．For a long time he had looked forward to getting a beautiful sports car．He knew his father could well afford it，so he told him all he wanted．
Then on the morning of his graduation(毕业)，his father called him into his private study．His father told him how proud he was to have such a fine son，and told him how much he loved him．He handed his son a beautiful gift box．Surprised，the young man opened the box and found a lovely Bible(圣经) with his name on it．Angrily，he raised his voice to his father and said，"With all your money you give me a Bible " He then rushed out of the house，leaving the Bible．
Many years passed and the young man was very successful in business．He had a beautiful home and a wonderful family，but realizing his father was very old，he thought perhaps he should go to see him．He had not seen him since that graduation day．Before he could make arrangements(安排)，he received a phone telling him his father had passed away．He had to come home immediately and take care of the things that his father left him．
When he began to search through his father's important papers，he saw the still new Bible，just as he had left it years ago．He opened the Bible and began to turn the pages．As he was reading，a car key with a tag(标牌) dropped from the back of the Bible．On the tag was the date of his graduation，and the words "PAID IN FULL"．Sadness and regret filled his heart．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The underlined word "it" in Paragraph I means _______．
A．a Bible
B．a box
C．a car
D．a phone
( ) 2．The young man was angry on the morning of his graduation because _______．
A．he thought he only got a Bible
B．he had to stay in his study
C．his father couldn't afford a car
D．his father spent all the money
( ) 3．Which of the following isn't mentioned in the third paragraph
A．The young man succeeded in his business．
B．The young man lived with his father all the time．
C．The young man decided to see his father．
D．The young man set up his own family．
( ) 4．It can be seen from the passage that the young man _______．
A．got angry with his father again
B．had to pay for the car himself
C．became interested in the Bible
D．came to know the truth at last
( ) 5．According the passage，we can know _______．
A．the father loved the writer very much
B．the father couldn't afford spots car，so he bought his son a Bible
C．at last the writer didn't pardon his father
D．the writer didn't take care of the things that his father left him
答案：
1．C 根据短文第一段的内容可以确定 it 是指作者梦寐以求的赛车。
2．A 根据短文第二段的内容可知，作者很生气是因为他认为父亲送给的不是赛车而是一本圣经。
3．B 根据第三段的内容看，作者的事业很成功；成立了自己的家庭；父亲去世了，他想去见父亲；所以选 B。
4．D 根据短文内容可以看出作者最后了解了事实真相。
5．A 根据短文内容中第一段的内容可以确定 B 项是错误的，他父亲买得起赛车；由最后一段内容可知，作者最后知道了真相，悔恨交加，可以确定他原谅了父亲，所以排除 C；根据倒数第二段的内容可知，他必须回家接管父亲的事业，排除了 D；从全文来看父亲很爱作者，所以选 A。
七
It was the end-of-year party．I had asked my mother to make us cookies．Mom's chocolate chips were the best．
But two o'clock passed，and there was no sign of her．Most of the other mothers had come and gone，dropping off their cakes and chips．The party went on，but I wouldn't leave the window．The three o'clock bell soon took me away from my thoughts．I took my bag and walked out for home．
The house was empty when I arrived．My heart was filled with anger(气愤)．For the first time in my life，my mother had let me down．I was lying on my bed when I heard her coming．"Robbie，" she called out．"Where are you " She was looking for me from room to room，but l kept silent．
When she entered my room，I didn't move，"I'm so sorry，" she said．"I got busy and forgot．" She began to laugh．I couldn't believe it．I turned over and found that she wasn't laughing but crying．"I'm so sorry．I let my boy down．" she cried like a little girl．I had never seen my mother cry．
"It's OK，Mom，" l said，"We didn't need those cookies．There was plenty of food to eat．Don't cry．It's all right．" We held each other in a long hug(拥抱)．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The story happened _______．
A．on my birthday
B．during Christmas
C．before Christmas
D．before the New Year's Day
( ) 2．I didn't leave the window because I want _______．
A．to see my mother coming
B．to enjoy the party
C．to get some cookies
D．to go to the party
( ) 3．I lay down on my bed and kept silent because I was _______．
A．tired B．angry C．hungry D．excited
( ) 4．Why did my mother cry and say that she was sorry
A．Because she was too busy．
B．Because she couldn't find me．
C．Because she didn't support me．
D．Because she needed those cookies．
( ) 5．According to the passage，at last what did the writer have
A．Chocolate chips．
B．Nothing．
C．other food．
D．I don't know．
答案：
1．D 根据短文第一句话可知故事发生在新年前，所以选 D。
2．A 根据短文第二段的内容可能性知，作者一直不离开窗户，是因为他希望能看到妈妈到来。
3．B 根据短文第三段的内容可以确定作者非常生气，所以他躺在床上不说话。
4．A 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，妈妈太忙了忘了给儿子做巧克力派，所以她哭着说对不起。
5．C 根据短文最后一段的内容可知，作者和妈妈和好如初，他们没有吃巧克力派，而吃其他食物，所以选 C。
八
The first teacher-parent meeting would be held in the school．To the little boy's disappointment(失望)，his mother said she would go．He felt sorry for her face．She was very beautiful，but there was a big scar(疤痕) on the right face．The boy never talked about it with his mother．
At the meeting，the people noticed the mother's kindness and beauty though she had the scar．But the little boy hid himself．After the meeting，the teacher asked his mother carefully，"How did you get the scar on your face " The mother answered，"when my son was a baby，he was once in a room that caught fire．Everyone was too afraid to go in because the fire was out of control．At that time，I rushed in．As I was running towards his bed，I saw a piece of wood coming towards his bed．I threw myself over to protect him．I was knocked down．Luckily，a fireman came in and saved both of us．But I got the scar．" She touched her face．"This scar will be here for ever，but I have never felt sorry for what I did．"
At that moment，the little boy came out with his eyes wet．He held his mother's hand for the rest of the day．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The boy _______ when his mother decided to go to his first teacher-parent meeting．
A．was happy
B．felt disappointed
C．was angry
D．cried loudly
( ) 2．The boy was sorry for his mother because _______．
A．his mother was not beautiful
B．he didn't love his mother
C．there was a big scar on her face
D．the teacher didn't want to see her
( ) 3．Which of the following is TRUE
A．The boy knew why his mother got the scar before．
B．The boy told his classmates why his mother got the scar．
C．The mother told the boy about the scar after the meeting．
D．The mother told the teacher about the scar after the meeting．
( ) 4．The mother got the scar when she _______．
A．slept in a room on fire
B．protected her son
C．rushed out of the room
D．put out the fire
( ) 5．The boy was _______ when he knew the truth at last．
A．moved B．sad C．bored D．afraid
答案：
1．B 根据短文第一段内容可知，当孩子得知妈妈要去参加家长会时，他很失望。
2．C 由第一段的内容可知小男孩的妈妈脸上有道大疤痕，可知 C 项正确。
3．D 根据短文内容可知，当初孩子不知道妈妈脸上为什么会有伤疤，孩子也没有向同学提起此事，所以排除了 A 和 B；会后妈妈告诉了老师这个伤疤的故事，并没有告诉孩子，所以 C 也错；故本题选 D。
4．B 根据妈妈向老师的叙述可知，这个伤疤是救孩子时留下的，所以选 B。
5．A 根据短文最后一段中的内容可知，孩子得知妈妈的这道伤疤的真相时，他紧紧地拉着妈妈的手，从他的举动可以看出他很感动。
九
My name is Matha．I am fifteen years old．I live in Makeni，the Republic of Sierro Leone(塞拉利昂共和国)．I am an orphan．My mother died when I was a baby．My father died two years ago．My father loved me very much．He used to buy me clothes and take me to school every morning．When I was ten years old，my father got very sick．He couldn't walk well，but he still went to school with me．He said，"I want to see you every minute．" The day before he died，① he told me to go to university no matter how poor we were．I really miss him and l haven't forgotten his words．Now I live with my aunt．I can't go to middle school because I don't have enough money．I help my aunt sell things in the market．② 我尽力挣钱来实现我爸爸的梦想。
任务一：根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1．Is Matha studying at school now
__________________________________________
2．What is Matha's dream
__________________________________________
3．Why can't Matha go to middle school
__________________________________________
任务二：翻译。
4．将文中 ① 处画线的句子译成汉语。
__________________________________________
5．将文中 ② 处画线的句子译成英语。
__________________________________________
答案：
1．No，she isn't．根据短文可知 Matha 现在不在学校了，因为她没有钱上学。
2．To study in a university．根据短文最后一句话可知，她没有忘记父亲的梦想——让她去上大学。
3．Because she has no money．根据文中 I can't go to middle school because I don't have enough money，可知答案是 Because she has no money．。
4．他叮嘱我无论多么贫穷都要去上大学。根据文中上下关系可确定句意为“父亲叮嘱她无论多难都要去上大学”，所以答案是他叮嘱我无论多么贫穷都要去上大学。
5．I'll try my best to earn some money to realize my father's dreamTopic Eleven The World and The Environment 世界与环境
话说中考
本话题是谈论世界与环境问题。世界与环境相互依存，但是近年来人们为了自身的发展，破坏了环境，环境问题日益突出。中考阅读理解对本话题考查是通过阅读小短文理解大意，从短文中归纳、分析出环境与世界的关系，以及了解环境对世界的重要性和作用。目的是培养学生的环境意识，提高学生对环境问题的认识。这就要求学生在日常生活中重视环境问题，养成热爱环境、保护环境的好习惯。
走进中考(福州·2010)
Cut the Carbon Footprint
Everything you do leaves a "carbon footprint"(碳足迹)．For example，when you travel in a taxi，the car gives off(排放) CO2 into the air．CO2 is a greenhouse gas．Greenhouse gases make the earth become warm．To protect our environment，we need to leave less of a "carbon footprint"．How big is your carbon footprint To get an idea，take a look at the following numbers．
Living areas
★ TV sets and DVD players produce 723kg of CO2 a year．
★ If you turn them off when you're not using them，you can cut that number by 108kg．
Laundry room(洗衣房)
Drying clothes in a dryer produces a lot of CO2．
★ If you use your dryer five times per week，you produce 185kg of CO2 per year．
★ Dry your clothes in the sun instead．
Bathroom
★ If you take an eight-minute shower every day，you produce 616kg of CO2 a year．
★ If you only use six minutes to take a shower，you can cut that number by 154kg a year．
根据短文内容，判断正误。正确用“T”表示，错误用“F”表示。
( ) 1．CO2 is a greenhouse gas that can make the earth warm．
( ) 2．Watching TV and traveling in a taxi can produce little CO2．
( ) 3．If we use a dryer five times per week，we produce 154kg of CO2 per year．
( ) 4．If we spend less time taking a shower，we can cut the number of CO2．
( ) 5．The less of a "carbon footprint" we leave，the better our environment will become．
解析
1．T 根据第一段第三句和第四句话可知 CO2 是一种能使地球变暖的温室气体。
2．F 根据“TV sets and DVD players produce 723kg of CO2 a year．”和文章标题，可知看电视和开车能产生很多 CO2，不是几乎不产生。所以此句的表述是错误的。
3．F 根据“If you use your dryer five times per week，you produce 185kg of CO2 per year．”可以判断此句是错误的。
4．T 根据每天洗澡 8 分钟和每天洗澡 6 分钟产生的二氧化氮的对比说明，时间越短，产生的二氧化碳就相对越少，所以此句的表述是正确的。
5．T 根据“To protect our environment，we need to leave less of a 'carbon footprint' "，可知此句正确。
话题专练
一
June 5th is World Environment Day．This makes us pay more attention to our environment．When Wang Boxuan，a Beijing high schoolboy，uses up his exercise books，he does not throw them away．Each one is kept at his school with hundreds of exercise books that are given by other students．Then they are sold to a Beijing paper making factory．
The paper is recycled and used again by students and teachers in the school．At the same time，the money that is made from the sales goes to schools in Inner Mongolia(内蒙古)．The government there uses the money to plant more trees and grass．This place is one of the sources(源头) of the sandstorms(沙尘暴) that often attack Beijing during springtime．
Wang's school is one of the schools in the capital that take part in the "green promise" environmental protection activity．So far，nearly 210000 students have taken part in the activity，collecting more than 87 tons of waste paper．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Wang Boxuan and his schoolmates _______ waste exercise books．
A．throw away
B．keep and sell
C．cut up
D．give away
( ) 2．The money made from the sales is used to _______．
A．buy new exercise books
B．help poor students
C．plant trees and grass
D．be kept
( ) 3．From the third paragraph，we can know that _______．
A．many years from now，students will have no exercise books to use
B．many years from now，there will be no waste paper
C．many years from now，the sandstorms will be less serious in Beijing
D．many years from now，Beijing will be much dirtier
( ) 4．World Environment Day is on _______．
A．六月十五号 B．七月十五号 C．六月五号 D．七月五号
( ) 5．Which of the following is right
A．The paper is recycled and used again by students and teachers in the school．
B．So far，all students have taken part in the activity，collecting more than 87 tons of waste paper．
C．At the same time，the money that is made from the sales goes to schools in Beijing．
D．Each one is kept at his school with few exercise books that are given by other students．
答案：
1．B 细节判断题。根据第一段段意可知“存着卖掉”(废纸)。
2．C 由第二段第三句可知这些钱用来植树、种草。
3．C 根据第二段最后一句可推出“许多年以后，沙尘暴现象将会得到缓解”。
4．C June 5th 为六月五号。
5．A 可用排除法。根据短文内容可知只有 A 正确。
二
Two magazines recently listed the best cities to live in．Here are two of the cities listed as "the world's best"．
SAN JOSE，COSTA RICA．The city has comfortable weather all year round(15℃ to 26℃)．Housing is not very expensive in San Jose．Also，many of the city's older neighborhoods are very beautiful and have small hotels and cafes(咖啡馆)．Beautiful mountains are around the city．You can visit them easily from San Jose．So lots of people go sightseeing there every year．But air pollution is a problem in the city center．
HONG KONG，CHINA This lively city — once a small fishing village — is today an international business center．It is an interesting mix of East and West，old and new．Modern tall buildings are next to small temples(庙宇)．Popular nightclubs are close to traditional teahouses．Busy people fill the streets at all hours of the day．But outside the city，there are parks for walking or relaxing．Hong Kong is famous for its wonderful native dishes．There's also food from Europe，North America，and other parts of Asia．However，this small city has a large population．Nearly seven million people live in Hong Kong! That's why housing is often very expensive．Traffic and air pollution are also problems．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．Which of the following is not mentioned about San Jose
A．The weather．
B．The mountains．
C．The air．
D．The traffic．
( ) 2．The writer thinks housing in Hong Kong is expensive because _______．
A．it was a small fishing village
B．it is a mix of East and West
C．it is famous for its wonderful food
D．there are too many people in the city
( ) 3．what do the two cities have in common(有共同之处)
A．They both have beautiful mountains．
B．They both have a large population．
C．Air pollution is a problem in both．
D．They are both crowded．
( ) 4．_______ are around the city of SAN JOSE．
A．Small hotels
B．Small cafes
C．Beautiful mountains
D．Older neighborhoods
( ) 5．Nearly _______ people live in Hong Kong!
A．70000 B．700000 C．7000000 D．70000000
答案：
1．D 纵观第二段对城市 SAN JOSE 的介绍，只有 D 没有提到。
2．D 根据倒数第一段倒数二、三句可知原因是人多。
3．C 由于第二段和第三段最后一句都提到了 air pollution，故这是它们的共同之处。
4．C 根据第二段第四句 Beautiful mountains are around the city．可知。
5．C 由于 seven million 为七百万，故答案为 C。
三
I can't remember when I started collecting litter(垃圾)．But it was when I got tired of seeing litter near my home and realized that no one else was going to pick it up．
I live close to a forest in Ohio，America．I can walk there in three minutes! I used to love going there to play with my dog．But one day there was so much litter there that I became very unhappy．I decided to clean up the forest．I wanted to feel happy going there again．
I made my first trip to clean the forest that afternoon．I took a big black rubbish bag with me．Ten minutes after starting to pick up litter，my bag was full! It had cans，bottles，broken glass and newspapers in it．
Since that first trip three years ago，I've gone to the forest four times a year to pick up litter．I'm often there for three hours．It makes me feel great to do something for the environment．
After each trip，I look at all the litter I've found．If any of it is recyclable(可回收的)，I keep it．I can't understand why people drop litter．But I will keep picking it up until they stop dropping it．
I know I can only do a small bit to help the earth，but I still think it is important．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When did the writer begin to collect litter
A．When he was very young．
B．After his home moved to a new place．
C．When he realized no one else was going to pick it up．
D After he left school．
( ) 2．The writer lives _______．
A．in a forest
B．near a forest
C．far away from a forest
D．in a place with much litter
( ) 3．The writer collects litter _______．
A．in order to make money
B．in order to make fun
C．in order to get a prize
D．in order to make the place clean
( ) 4．The writer collects litter _______．
A．in the forest
B．in the street
C．in the park
D．in the school
( ) 5．From the passage we infer(推断) _______．
A．the writer will go on collecting litter
B．the environment will be more beautiful if everyone tries his best to protect it
C．the writer always collects a lot of litter
D．the writer thinks he does a great thing
答案：
1．C 根据第一段第二句可判断。
2．B 由第二段开头一句“I live close to a forest in Ohio，America．”可知，其中 close 意为 neat。
3．D 根据第二段最后两句可知他捡拾垃圾是为了使那个地方保持干净。
4．A 纵观全文可知是在森林。
5．B 由于这里是问能推断出什么，选项 A 和 D 都在文中提及，故不用推断。C 项说法不符文意。
四
Think of all the things you throw away：juice bottles，soda cans，candy covers．It adds up．How much rubbish do you produce Americans throw away about 1 ton of rubbish per person every year．That's 2000 pounds of rubbish! Most of the rubbish gets covered in big holes in the round called landfills(垃圾掩埋法)．
A lot of this rubbish can be recycled，or turned back to something useful．The main things we recycle today are made from metal，paper．
People recycle for many reasons．One of the main reasons is to protect resources(资源)．Making new cans out of old ones means less aluminum(铝) is needed for new cans．
This leads to a second reason people recycle：it saves energy．Recycling old aluminum cans take much less energy than making new aluminum．To make new aluminum，you need to mine metal ore(矿石) from the ground，remove it，and refine it，into a finished metal．
Recycling also protects valuable land．By recycling，we produce less rubbish．That means fewer landfills are needed for dropping our rubbish．
Because metals are some what costly to make，they are the world's most recycled materials．About two-thirds of all steel(钢) is recycled．
Almost all drink cans are made of aluminum．Americans recycle about one-third of their used aluminum cans．Empty cans are sent to special factories．There，they are cleaned，melted，and made into new pieces of aluminum．
Americans use lots of paper — mostly in the form of newspapers，magazines，and cardboard boxes．In fact，paper takes up more space in landfills than any other material．
Old paper can be cut and made are into new paper．Americans recycle a little more than one-third of their paper rubbish．New papers are made from trees，each ton of recycled paper saves about 17 trees!
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．You can most probably read the passage in _______．
A．a science book
B．a Chinese book
C．a history book
D．a geography book
( ) 2．The underlined word "recycle" in the second paragraph means ________．
A．销毁 B．收集 C．熔化 D．回收利用
( ) 3．Why do people recycle rubbish
A．To protect resources because it's hard to make new resources．
B．It can save energy，because the resources are limited(有限)．
C．To protect valuable land，because there is no place to bury rubbish．
D．To protect resources，save energy and protect valuable land．
( ) 4．Which one is right
A．People recycle paper from the trees．
B．Papers take up less space in the landfills．
C．Americans recycle a little more than 1/3 of their paper rubbish．
D．To recycle paper can't protect their environment．
( ) 5．The main idea of the passage is _______．
A．To let us know it is a big job deal with rubbish．
B．To explain the reasons for rubbish recycle．
C．To describe know to recycle metal，paper．
D．To explain how to recycle rubbish and why to do so．
答案：
1．A 本题为综合理解题，通读本短文可知本文为一科普知识类的文章，可能在科普类书籍上看到，故应选 A。
2．D 本题为单词理解题，读短文可知，本文主要分析了垃圾回收再利用的原因；再由关键句“The main things we recycle today are made from metal，paper．”可知 recycle 意思应为“回收利用”之意，故本题只能选 D。
3．D 由短文的第三、四、五段可知，垃圾回收再利用的原因主要有三个，故可知，选项 A、B、C 所述的原因不全面，故应选 D。
4．C 本题为综合理解题，我们可以用排除法，再由关键句“Americans recycle a little more than one-third of their paper rubbish．”可知本题应选 C。
5．B 本题为综合理解题，我们可以用排除法，从而可以确定仅有选项 B(解释垃圾回收利用的原因。)是正确的。
五
Who would guess that those blue green waves hide a world of wonder and danger far below
Sunlight cannot reach there，so plants cannot grow．Yet 10 million kinds of sea animals live under the waves．There you will find some of the earth's most strange creatures．
The sea covers more than 70 percent of the earth．About 97 percent of the space for living things is there，too．At its deepest，it goes more than 11000 metres (6.9 miles) down．
Why has less than 5 percent of this amazing world been explored Because it takes more than courage to explore the oceans．It also takes money．Only with very expensive tools can we deal with the danger of the sea．But now several countries are exploring the oceans more than ever before．
根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F)。
( ) 1．Many plants are growing in the deep ocean．
( ) 2．1000000 kinds of animals live under the waves．
( ) 3．5% of the world of deep oceans has been explored so far．
( ) 4．The correct meaning for the phrase "under the waves" is "under the sea"．
( ) 5．People have never explored the oceans before．
答案：
1．F 由文中“Sunlight cannot reach there，so plants cannot grow．”可知。
2．F 由 10 million 为一千万可知错误。
3．F 由最后一段 Why has less than 5 percent of this amazing world been explored ”可知。
4．T 词义理解题。这里意思是指“海底的”
5．F 由前面提到已开发 less than 5% 以及最后一句。可知人们并不是从来没有开发。
六
Jane Goodall first made friends with a chimp(黑猩猩) when she was one year old．On her first birthday her mother carried her to the zoo near her home and bought her a toy chimp．She loved her furry(毛绒的) friend very much．At age 7，Jane Gooddall read Dr．Doolittle，a book about a doctor who could talk to animals．She wanted to be able to talk to her favorite animal，too．She expected to go to Africa some day so that she could learn more about chimps．When Jane grew up，she still dreamed of going to Africa．She got her wish when she was 26 years old．She went to Gombe National Park where many chimps lived in the forests．
Jane watched the chimps closely day after day．She saw that they were a lot like people．They could think and make plans．They used tools．They showed their fear，pain，or pleasure．Sometimes，they fought．Often，they hugged(拥抱) and kissed．
Scientists were surprised by what Jane saw．They knew that the relation between chimps and humans was the closest．However，they did not know they acted so much like us．
Jane still has the toy chimp she was given as a child．She has studied her furry friends for over 30 years．Now，she speaks for them to groups around the world．She hopes that what she has to say will make others do something to protect chimps from being hurt．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．When Jane was 7，she wanted _______．
A．to read Dr．Doolittle again
B．to talk to animals，too
C．to buy another toy chimp
D．to meet a doctor at once
( ) 2．Jane went to Gombe National Park to _______．
A．have a trip there
B．train a baby chimp
C．learn more about chimps
D．protect the chimps there
( ) 3．The scientists were surprised when they heard that _______．
A．the chimps could act so much like humans
B．Jane had been in Africa for such a long time
C．Jane watched the chimps closely day after day
D．Jane still had the toy chimp she was given as a child
( ) 4．Jane speaks for chimps to groups around the world to _______．
A．help the scientists learn more about chimps
B．study her furry friends in some other countries
C．make more people do something to protect chimps
D．let people know that chimps are lovely animals
( ) 5．From the passage，we can learn that _______．
A．Jane found more about chimps than the scientists did
B．Jane dreamed of going to Africa when she was 26
C．Jane could talk to chimps with the help of the scientists
D．Jane knew nothing about chimps before going to Africa
答案：
1．B 由文中第一段“She wanted to be able to talk to her favorite animal，too．”可知。
2．C 根据下文可知她去的目的是进一步了解黑猩猩。
3．A 根据第三段可推出是对黑猩猩行为举止与人如此相似感到惊奇。
4．C 由文中最后一句句意可知。
5．A 根据倒数第二段可知她了解的比科学家们还要多。
七
1970 was the World Conservation(保护) Year．The United Nations wanted everyone to know that the world is in danger．They hoped that governments would act quickly in order to conserve nature．
Here is an example of the problems．At one time there were 1300 different plants，trees and flowers in Holland，but now only 860 left．The others have been destroyed by modern man and his technology．We are changing the earth，the air，the water，and everything that grows and lives．We can't live without these things．If we go on like this，we shall destroy ourselves．
What will happen in the future Perhaps it is more important to ask "What must we do now " The people who will be living in the world of tomorrow are the young people today．A lot of them know that conservation is necessary．Many are helping save our world．They plant trees，protect wild animals，and so on．In a small town in the United States a large group of girls cleaned the 11-kilometer-long banks of the river．Young people may hear about conservation through a record called "NO ONEIS GOING TO CHANGE OUR WORLD"．It was made by the Scatles，Cliff Richard and other singers．The money from it will help to conserve wild animals．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．From the passage we know that there are _______ in Holland now．
A．more trees
B．more flowers
C．fewer plants
D．fewer animals
( ) 2．This passage is mainly about conserving _______．
A．man
B．nature
C．wild animals
D．wild plants
( ) 3．What's the meaning of the sentence "If we go on like this，we shall destroy ourselves"
A．We can't live on the earth someday．
B．We can't see plants．
C．We can't see animals．
D．Our life will be hard．
( ) 4．The money from a record will help to conserve _______．
A．wild animals
B．plants
C．nature
D．man
( ) 5．Which is not mentioned in the passage
A．Planting trees．
B．Protecting wild animals．
C．Cleaning the banks．
D．Collecting waste paper for recycling．
答案：
1．C 根据“At one time there were 1300 different plants，trees and flowers in Holland，but now only 860 left．”可知。
2．B 纵观全文，既提到植物又说到动物，故是保护自然界。
3．A 由此句上句“we can't live without these things．”可知“我们某天将不能在地球上生存”。
4．A 根据短文最后一句可知是保护野生动物。
5．D 纵观全文可知只有收集废纸循环利用没有提及。
八
The U.N．Climate Change conference opened in Copenhagen，Denmark Monday．More than 15000 officials from 192 countries attended the Copenhagen Climate Change Conference from Monday to December 18th．It is reported that it was the last best chance for an agreement to combat global warming．
Their task is to find common ground，including on reduction(减少) of greenhouse gas emissions(排放)，promotion and transfer of new more eco-friendly technology and the necessary funding to make this possible，especially for the less developed and poorer nations．It also means coming up with long term vision(设想) and cooperation for the future．
The Copenhagen conference was to come up with a binding agreement to succeed the 1997 Kyoto Protocol《京都议定书》 which mandated emissions cuts．But as we know，it was not signed by some of the world's biggest polluters，including the United States．Kyoto ends in 2012．But many say a political framework is more likely at Copenhagen，with a binding accord to be worked out possibly next year．
Denmark's Prime Minister Lars Lokke Rasmussen reminded delegates the time to act is now and for everyone．"Global warming knows no borders，it does not discriminate(区别)．It affects us all and we are here today because we are all committed to take action，" he said．The prime minister said he believes a deal is possible．Delegates have just over a week to prove him right — before more than 100 heads of state and government come here．Conference organizers hope they'll have a deal on the table for signing．
根据短文内容，选择最佳答案。
( ) 1．The Copenhagen Climate Change Conference was from Monday to _______．
A．November 16th
B．December 18th
C．December 16th
D．Next Monday
( ) 2．The Copenhagen Climate Change Conference _______ an agreement to combat global warming．
A．was the last chance for
B．had the most countries to come up with
C．has come up with
D．was the last best chance for
( ) 3．The task of the U.N．Climate Change conference is _______．
A．to reduce the emissions of greenhouse gas
B．to come up with a short term vision
C．to end up the 1997 Kyoto Protocol
D．to change the climate
( ) 4．Conference organizers hope _______ will have a deal on the table for signing．
A．Prime Minister Lars Lokke Rasmussen
B．the world's biggest polluters
C．the less developed and poorer nations
D．more than 100 heads of state and government
( ) 5．From the passage we know _______．
A．The Kyoto Protocol was signed in 1979．
B．195 countries attended the Conference
C．Global warming affects us all．
D．The United States signed the Kyoto Protocol．
答案：
1．B 细节判断题。由短文的第二句话“More than 15000 officials from 192 countries attended the Copenhagen Climate Change Conference from Monday to December 18th．”可知。
2，D 细节判断题。由短文的第一段中的“It is reported that it was the last best chance for an agreement to combat global warming．”可知。
3．A 短文的第二段讲述了该次大会的主要任务，综合所有的任务我们可以排除 B、C、D 三个选项，故只有选项 A正确。
4．D 综合短文最后两句话的意思，可知约有一百多位国家及政府的领导人来到哥本哈根，他们将会签署一个协议。
5．C 综合判断题。我们可以用排除法，将 A、B、D 三个选项排除，可知只有选项 C“全球变暖影响着我们每个人”是正确的。
九
Fresh(淡的) water is very important to us and animals．(1) If there is no water，we all could not live．
Many places in the world need more fresh water．Every country is trying to find ways to turn salt water into fresh．
In some places，(2) the sun is not hot enough，or it doesn't shine every day．
In such places，(3) heating(加热)，ways，sea water，used，can，be，of．These ways cost more money，but they work faster than the sun．By boiling(煮沸) sea water with high heat，a lot of fresh water can be made quickly．
(4) 但加热不是用海水制取淡水的唯一方法。Other ways are tried．
One way is freezing(冷冻)．The flesh part of salt water freezes first．(5) To get fresh water，the bits of ice are taken out．
Which of the ways is the best The one that gives the most water for the least money．It may be a different way for each place．
1．将(1)处的复合句改写为简单句。
__________________________________________
2．将(2)处句子翻译成汉语。
__________________________________________
3．将(3)处的单词组成一个句子。
__________________________________________
4．将(4)处的汉语译成英文。
__________________________________________
5．将(5)处句子翻译成汉语。
__________________________________________
答案：
1．We all could not live without water．改为简单句关键是要用介词 without 替代 if 条件状语从句。
2．太阳不够热或者不是每天都照射光芒。此处 or 译为“或者”之意。
3．Ways of heating sea water can be used．连词成句关键是找出主语、谓语和宾语。
4．But heating is not the only way to turn salt water into fresh．
5．可参照上下文翻译。为了得到淡水，一块块冰被取出来。此处关键要弄清 to 的意思。
